Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

he+called+me+all+names

Толкование Перевод

41 DAGR

(gen. dags, dat. degi; pl. dagar), m.

1) day;

at kveldi skal dag leyfa, at eventide shall the day be praised;

dagr kemr upp í austri, sezt í vestri, the day rises in the east, sets in the west;

öndverðr dagr, the early day, forenoon;

miðr dagr, midday;

hallandi dagr, declining day;

at kveldi dags, síð dags, late in the day;

sannr sem dagr, true as day;

í dag, today;

á (or um) daginn, during the day;

sama dags, the same day;

annan dag, the next day;

annars dag, another day;

hindra dags, the day after, tomorrow;

dag frá degi, hvern dag frá öðrum, from day to day;

dag eptir dag, day after day;

nótt ok dag, night and day;

dögunum optar, more times than there are days, over and over again;

á deyjanda degi, on one’s death-day;

2) pl., days, times;

ef aðrir dagar (better days) koma;

góðir dagar, happy days;

3) esp. pl., lifetime;

á dögum e-s, um daga e-s, in the days of, during or in the reign of;

eptir minn dag, when I am dead (gaf honum alla sína eign eptir sinn dag);

mátti hann eigi lengr gefa en um sína dagi, than for his lifetime;

ráða (taka) e-n af dögum, to put to death.

* * *

m., irreg. dat. degi, pl. dagar: [the kindred word dœgr with a vowel change from ó (dóg) indicates a lost root verb analogous to ala, ól, cp. dalr and dælir; this word is common to all Teutonic dialects; Goth. dags; A. S. dag; Engl. day; Swed.-Dan. dag; Germ. tag; the Lat. dies seems to be identical, although no interchange has taken place]

I. a day; in different senses:

1. the natural day:—sayings referring to the day, at kveldi skal dag leyfa, at eventide shall the day be praised, Hm. 80 ; allir dagar eiga kveld um síðir; mörg eru dags augu, vide auga; enginn dagr til enda tryggr, no day can be trusted till its end; allr dagr til stefnu, Grág. i. 395, 443, is a law phrase,—for summoning was lawful only if performed during the day; this phrase is also used metaph. = ‘plenty of time’ or the like: popular phrases as to the daylight are many—dagr rennr, or rennr upp, and kemr upp, the day rises, Bm. 1; dagr í austri, day in the east, where the daylight first appears; dagsbrún, ‘day’s brow,’ is the first streak of daylight, the metaphor taken from the human face; lysir af degi, it brightens from the day, i. e. daylight is appearing; dagr ljómar, the day gleams; fyrir dag, before day; móti degi, undir dag, about daybreak; komið at degi, id., Fms. viii. 398; dagr á lopti, day in the sky; árla, snemma dags, early in the morning, Pass. 15. 17; dagr um allt lopt, etc.; albjartr dagr, hábjartr d., full day, broad daylight; hæstr dagr, high day; önd-verðr d., the early day = forenoon, Am. 50; miðr dagr, midday, Grág. i. 413, 446, Sks. 217, 219; áliðinn dagr, late in the day, Fas. i. 313; hallandi dagr, declining day; at kveldi dags, síð dags, late in the day, Fms. i. 69. In the evening the day is said to set, hence dag-sett, dag-setr, and dagr setzt; in tales, ghosts and spirits come out with nightfall, but dare not face the day; singing merry songs after nightfall is not safe, það kallast ekki Kristnum leyft að kveða þegar dagsett er, a ditty; Syrpuvers er mestr galdr er í fólginn, ok eigi er lofat at kveða eptir dagsetr, Fas. iii. 206, Ísl. Þjóðs. ii. 7, 8: the daylight is symbolical of what is true or clear as day, hence the word dagsanna, or satt sem dagr, q. v.

2. of different days; í dag, to-day, Grág. i. 16, 18, Nj. 36, Ld. 76, Fms. vi. 151; í gær-dag, yesterday; í fyrra dag, the day before yesterday, Háv. 50; í hinni-fyrra dag, the third day; annars dags, Vígl. 23, Pass. 50. I; hindra dags, the hinder day, the day after to-morrow, Hm. 109; dag eptir dag, day after day, Hkr. ii. 313; dag frá degi, from day to day, Fms. ii. 230; hvern dag frá öðrum, id., Fms. viii. 182; annan dag frá öðrum. id., Eg. 277; um daginn, during the day; á dögunum. the other day; nótt ok dag, night and day; liðlangan dag, the ‘life-long’ day; dögunum optar, more times than there are days, i. e. over and over again, Fms. x. 433; á deyjanda degi, on one’s day of death, Grág. i. 402.

β. regu-dagr, a rainy day: sólskins-dagr, a sunny day; sumar-dagr, a summer day; vetrar-dagr, a winter day; hátíðis-dagr, a feast day; fegins-dagr, a day of joy; dóms-dagr, the day of doom, judgment day, Gl. 82, Fms. viii. 98; hamingju-dagr, heilla-dagr, a day of happiness; gleði-dagr, id.; brúðkaups-dagr, bridal-day; burðar-dagr, a birthday.

3. in pl. days in the sense of times; aðrir dagar, Fms. i. 216; ek ætlaða ekki at þessir dagar mundu verða, sem nú eru orðnir, Nj. 171; góðir dagar, happy days, Fms. xi. 286, 270; sjá aldrei glaðan dag (sing.), never to see glad days.

β. á e-s dögum, um e-s daga eptir e-s daga, esp. of the lifetime or reign of kings, Fms.; but in Icel. also used of the lögsögumaðr, Jb. repeatedly; vera á dögum, to be alive; eptir minn dag, ‘after my day,’ i. e. when I am dead.

γ. calendar days, e. g. Hvíta-dagar, the White days, i. e. Whitsuntide; Hunda-dagar, the Dog days; Banda-dagr, Vincula Petri; Höfuð-dagr, Decap. Johannis; Geisla-dagr, Epiphany; Imbru-dagar, Ember days; Gang-dagar, ‘Ganging days,’ Rogation days; Dýri-dagr, Corpus Christi; etc.

4. of the week-days; the old names being Sunnu-d. or Drottins-d., Mána-d., Týs-d., Öðins-d., Þórs-d., Frjá-d., Laugar-d. or Þvátt-d. It is hard to understand how the Icel. should be the one Teut. people that have disused the old names of the week-days; but so it was, vide Jóns S. ch. 24; fyrir bauð hann at eigna daga vitrum mönnum heiðnum, svá sem at kalla Týrsdag Óðinsdag, eðr Þórsdag, ok svá um alla vikudaga, etc., Bs. i. 237, cp. 165. Thus bishop John (died A. D. 1121) caused them to name the days as the church does (Feria sccunda, etc.); viz. Þriði-d. or Þriðju-d., Third-day = Tuesday, Rb. 44, K. Þ. K. 100, Ísl. ii. 345; Fimti-d., Fifth-day—Thursday, Rb. 42, Grág. i. 146, 464, 372, ii. 248, Nj. 274; Föstu-d., Fast-day = Friday; Miðviku-d., Midweek-day = Wednesday, was borrowed from the Germ. Mittwoch; throughout the 12th and 13th centuries, however, the old and new names were used indiscriminately. The question arises whether even the old names were not imported from abroad (England); certainly the Icel. of heathen times did not reckon by weeks; even the word week (vika) is probably of eccl. Latin origin (vices, recurrences). It is curious that the Scandinavian form of Friday, old Icel. Frjádagr, mod. Swed.-Dan. Fredag, is A. S. in form; ‘Frjá-,’ ‘Fre-,’ can hardly be explained but from A. S. Freâ-, and would be an irregular transition from the Norse form Frey. The transition of ja into mod. Swed.-Dan. e is quite regular, whereas Icel. ey (in Frey) would require the mod. Swed.-Dan. ö or u sound. Names of weekdays are only mentioned in Icel. poems of the 11th century (Arnór, Sighvat); but at the time of bishop John the reckoning by weeks was probably not fully established, and the names of the days were still new to the people. 5. the day is in Icel. divided according to the position of the sun above the horizon; these fixed traditional marks are called dags-mörk, day-marks, and are substitutes for the hours of modern times, viz. ris-mál or miðr-morgun, dag-mál, há-degi, mið-degi or mið-mundi, nón, miðr-aptan, nátt-mál, vide these words. The middle point of two day-marks is called jafn-nærri-báðum, in modern pronunciation jöfnu-báðu, equally-near-both, the day-marks following in the genitive; thus in Icel. a man asks, hvað er fram orðið, what is the time? and the reply is, jöfnubáðu miðsmorguns og dagmála, half-way between mid-morning and day-meal, or stund til (to) dagmála; hallandi dagmál, or stund af ( past) dagmálum; jöfnu-báðu hádegis og dagmúla, about ten or half-past ten o’clock, etc. Those day-marks are traditional in every farm, and many of them no doubt date from the earliest settling of the country. Respecting the division of the day, vide Pál Vídal. s. v. Allr dagr til stefnu, Finnus Johann., Horologium Island., Eyktamörk Íslenzk (published at the end of the Rb.), and a recent essay of Finn Magnusson.

II. denoting a term, but only in compounds, dagi, a, m., where the weak form is used, cp. ein-dagi, mál-dagi, bar-dagi, skil-dagi.

III. jis a pr. name, Dagr, (freq.); in this sense the dat. is Dag, not Degi, cp. Óðinn léði Dag (dat.) geirs síns, Sæm. 114.

COMPDS: dagatal, dagsbrun, dagshelgi, dagsljós, dagsmark, dagsmegin, dagsmunr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > DAGR
42 ÞING

n.

1) assembly, meeting;

esp. for purposes of legislation, a parliament;

slíta þingi, segja þing laust, to dissolve a meeting;

2) parish;

3) district, county, shire;

vera í þingi goða, to be in the district of such and such a goði, to be his liegeman, in his jurisdiction;

4) interview, of lovers;

vera í þingum við konu, to have a love intrigue with a woman (þat var talat, at Þorbjórn væri í þingum við Þórdísi);

5) in pl. things articles, valuables (síðan tók hón þing sín, en Þorsteinn tók hornin).

* * *

n. [no Goth. þigg is recorded; A. S. and Hel. þing; Engl. thing; O. H. G., Germ., and Dutch ding; Dan.-Swed. ting.]

A. A thing, Lat. res. In the Icel. this sense of the word is almost unknown, although in full use in mod. Dan.-Swed. ting, where it may come from a later Germ. influence.

II. in plur. articles, objects, things, esp. with the notion of costly articles: þeir rannsaka allan hans reiðing ok allan hans klæðnað ok þing, articles, Sturl. iii. 295; þau þing (articles, inventories) er hann keypti kirkjunni innan sik, Vm. 20; þessi þing gaf Herra Vilkin kirkjunni í Klofa,—messu-klæði, kaleik, etc., 26.

2. valuables, jewels (esp. of a married lady), the law often speaks of the ‘þing’ and the ‘heimanfylgja;’ ef maðr fær konu at lands-lögum réttum … þá skulu lúkask henni þing sín ok heimanfylgja, Gþl. 231; hann hafði ór undir-heimum þau þing at eigi munu slík í Noregi, Fms. iii. 178; siðan tók hón þing sín, 195; eptir samkvámu ( marriage) þeirra þá veitti Sveinn konungr áhald þingum þeim er ját vóru ok skilat með systur hans, x. 394; maðr skal skilja þing með frændkonu sinni ok svá heiman-fylgju, N. G. L. ii; skal Ólafr lúka Geirlaugu þing sín, svá mikil sem hón fær löglig vitni til, D. N. i. 108; þinga-veð, a security for a lady’s paraphernalia, D. N. passim.

B. As a law phrase [see Þingvöllr]:

I. an assembly, meeting, a general term for any public meeting, esp. for purposes of legislation, a parliament, including courts of law; in this sense þing is a standard word throughout all Scandinavian countries (cp. the Tyn-wald, or meeting-place of the Manx parliament): technical phrases, blása til þings, kveðja þings, stefna þing, setja þing, kenna þing (N. G. L. i. 63); helga þing, heyja þing, eiga þing; slíta þingi, segja þing laust, to dissolve a meeting, see the verbs: so also a þing ‘er fast’ when sitting, ‘er laust’ when dissolved (fastr I. γ, lauss II. 7); Dróttins-dag hinn fyrra í þingi, ríða af þingi, ríða á þing, til þings, vera um nótt af þingi, öndvert þing, ofanvert þing, Grág. i. 24, 25; nú eru þar þing ( parliaments) tvau á einum þingvelli, ok skulu þeir þá fara um þau þing bæði (in local sense), 127; um várit tóku bændr af þingit ok vildu eigi hafa, Vápn. 22; hann hafði tekit af Vöðla-þing, skyldi þar eigi sóknar-þing heita, Sturl. i. 141: in countless instances in the Sagas and the Grág., esp. the Nj. passim, Íb. ch. 7, Gísl. 54–57, Glúm. ch. 24, 27, Eb. ch. 9, 10, 56, Lv. ch. 4, 15–17: other kinds of assemblies in Icel. were Leiðar-þing, also called Þriðja-þing, Grág. i. 148; or Leið, q. v.; hreppstjórnar-þing (see p. 284); manntals-þing; in Norway, bygða-þing, D. N. ii. 330; hús-þing, vápna-þing, refsi-þing, v. sub vocc.:—eccl. a council, H. E. i. 457, Ann. 1274; þing í Nicea, 415. 14.

2. a parish (opp. to a benefice); in Iceland this word is still used of those parishes whose priest does not reside by the church, no manse being appointed as his fixed residence; such a parish is called þing or þinga-brauð (and he is called þinga-prestr, q. v.), as opp. to a ‘beneficium,’ Grág. i. 471, K. Þ. K. 30, 70, K. Á. passim; bóndi er skyldr at ala presti hest til allra nauðsynja í þingin, Vm. 73; tíundir af hverjum bónda í þingunum, 96, Bs. i. 330, H. E. ii. 48, 85, 128.

3. an interview, of lovers, H. E. i. 244; þat var talat at Þorbjörn væri í þingum við Þórdísi, Gísl. 5; nær þú á þingi mant nenna Njarðar syni, Skm. 38; man-þing, laun-þing.

II. loc. a district, county, shire, a þing-community, like lög (sec p. 369, col. 2, B. II); a ‘þing’ was the political division of a country; hence the law phrase, vera í þingi með goða, to be in the district of such and such a godi, to be his liegeman, cp. þingfesti; or, segjask or þingi, see the Grág., Nj., and Sagas, passim; full goðorð ok forn þing, Grág. i. 15; í því þingi eðr um þau þing, 85. In later times Icel. was politically divided into twelve or thirteen counties. In old days every community or ‘law’ had its own assembly or parliament, whence the double sense of ‘lög’ as well as of ‘þing.’

C. HISTORICAL REMARKS.—In Norway the later political division and constitution of the country dates from king Hacon the Good and his counsellors Thorleif the Wise and earl Sigurd. As king Harold Fairhair was the conqueror of Norway, so was his son Hacon her legislator as also the founder of her constitution, and of her political division into ‘þings;’ for this is the true meaning of the classical passage,—hann (king Hacon) lasgði mikinn hug á laga-setning í Noregi, hann setti Gulaþings-lög ok Frostaþings-lög, ok Heiðsævis-lög fyrst at upphafi, en áðr höfðu sér hverir fylkis-menn lög, Ó. H. 9; in Hkr. l. c. the passage runs thus—hann setti Gulaþings-lög með ráði Þorleifs spaka, ok hann setti Frostaþings-lög með ráði Sigurðar jarls ok annara Þrænda þeirra er vitrastir vóru, en Heiðsævis-lög hafði sett Hálfdan svarti, sem fyrr er ritað, Hkr. 349 new Ed.; the account in Eg. ch. 57, therefore, although no doubt true in substance, is, as is so often the case in the Sagas, an anachronism; for in the reign of Eric ‘Bloodaxe,’ there were only isolated fylkis-þing, and no Gula-þing. In later times St. Olave added a fourth þing, Borgar-þing, to the three old ones of king Hacon (those of Gula, Frosta, and Heiðsævi); and as he became a saint, he got the name of legislator in the popular tradition, the credit of it was taken from Hacon, the right man; yet Sighvat the poet speaks, in his Bersöglis-vísur, of the laws of king Hacon the foster-son of Athelstan. Distinction is therefore to be made between the ancient ‘county’ þing and the later ‘united’ þing, called lög-þing (Maurer’s ‘ding-bund’); also almennilegt þing or almanna-þing, D. N. ii. 265, iii. 277; fjórðunga þing, ii. 282; alþingi, alls-herjar-þing. The former in Norway was called fylkis-þing, or county þing; in Icel. vár-þing, héraðs-þing, fjórðungs-þing (cp. A. S. scîrgemot, a shiremote). Many of the old pre-Haconian fylkis-þing or shiremotes seem to have continued long afterwards, at least in name, although their importance was much reduced; such we believe were the Hauga-þing (the old fylkis-þing of the county Westfold), Fms. viii. 245, Fb. ii. 446, iii. 24; as also Þróndarness-þing, Arnarheims-þing, Kefleyjar-þing, Mork. 179.

II. in Iceland the united þing or parliament was called Al-þingi; for its connection with the legislation of king Hacon, see Íb. ch. 2–5 (the chronology seems to be confused): again, the earlier Icel. spring þings (vár-þing), also called héraðs-þing ( county þing) or fjórðunga-þing ( quarter þing), answer to the Norse fylkis-þing; such were the Þórness-þing, Eb., Landn., Gísl., Sturl.; Kjalarness-þing, Landn. (App.); Þverár-þing, Íb.; also called Þingness-þing, Sturl. ii. 94; Húnavatns-þing, Vd.; Vöðla-þing, Lv., Band.; Skaptafells-þing, Nj.; Árness-þing, Flóam. S.; þingskála-þing, Nj.; Hegraness-þing, Glúm., Lv., Grett.; Múla-þing (two of that name), Jb. (begin.), cp. Grág. i. 127; Þorskafjarðar-þing, Gísl., Landn.; Þingeyjar-þing, Jb.; further, Krakalækjar-þing, Dropl. (vellum, see Ny Fél. xxi. 125); Sunnudals-þing, Vápn.; þing við Vallna-laug, Lv.; þing í Straumfirði, Eb.; Hvalseyrar-þing, Gísl.; or þing í Dýrafirði, Sturl.; Fjósatungu-þing, Lv.

III. in Sweden the chief þings named were Uppsala-þing, Ó. H.; and Mora-þing (wrongly called Múla-þing, Ó. H. l. c., in all the numerous vellum MSS. of this Saga; the Icelandic chronicler or the transcriber probably had in mind the Icel. þing of that name).

IV. in Denmark, Vebjarga-þing, Knytl. S.; Íseyrar-þing, Jómsv. S.

V. in the Faroe Islands, the þing in Þórshöfn, Fær.: in Greenland, the þing in Garðar, Fbr.

VI. freq. in Icel. local names, Þing-völlr, Þing-vellir (plur.) = Tingwall, in Shetland; Þing-nes, Þing-eyrar, Þing-ey, Þing-eyri (sing.); Þing-múli, Þing-skálar, etc., Landn., map of Icel.; Þing-holt (near Reykjavik).

D. COMPDS: þingsafglöpun, þingsboð, þingabrauð, þingadeild, þingadómr, þingakvöð, þingaprestr, þingasaga, þingatollr, þingaþáttr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞING
43 lugar

m.

1 place.

en algún lugar somewhere

no lo veo por ningún lugar I can't see it anywhere

vuelve a ponerlo todo en su lugar put everything back where it belongs

yo en tu lugar if I were you

fuera de lugar (figurative) out of place

lugar de encuentro meeting place

lugar de trabajo place of work

2 place, town.

las gentes del lugar the local people

lugar de nacimiento place of birth

3 position (post).

en primer/segundo lugar in the first/second place, firstly/secondly

4 room, space.

aquí ya no hay lugar para más gente there's no room for anyone else here

* * *

lugar

► nombre masculino

1 (sitio, ciudad) place

■ tiene que aparecer por algún lugar it has to be somewhere

■ he descubierto el lugar más idílico del mundo I've discovered the most idyllic place in the world

■ la iglesia no es lugar para bailar the church is no place to dance

2 (posición, situación) place, position

■ tú ponte en mi lugar y lo entenderás put yourself in my position and you'll understand

■ ¿qué lugar ocupa en la empresa? what's her position in the company?

3 (espacio) room, space

■ ya no hay lugar para más muebles there's no room for any more furniture

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dar lugar a to give rise to

dejar a alguien en mal lugar to make somebody look foolish, show somebody up

en lugar de instead of

en primer lugar firstly

fuera de lugar (descolocado) out of place 2 (inoportuno) inappropriate

hacer lugar to make room

no ha lugar la protesta objection overruled

sin lugar a dudas undoubtedly

tener lugar to take place

lugar común commonplace

* * *

noun m.

1) place

2) position

3) space

•

- en lugar de
- tener lugar
* * *

SM

1) (=sitio) place

dejó las joyas en lugar seguro — she left the jewels in a safe place

es un lugar muy bonito — it is a lovely spot o place

devolver un libro a su lugar — to put a book back in its place

el concierto será en un lugar cerrado — the concert will take place indoors o at an indoor venue

el lugar del crimen — the scene of the crime

• algún lugar — somewhere

una emisión desde algún lugar de Europa — a broadcast from somewhere in Europe

lo escondió en algún lugar de la casa — she hid it somewhere around the house

• los Santos Lugares — the Holy Places

- poner las cosas en su lugar

lugar común — cliché, commonplace

lugar de encuentro — meeting-place

lugar geométrico — locus
composición 3)
2) (=posición)

a) [en lista, carrera, trabajo]

ocupa un buen lugar en la empresa — she has a good position o post at the company

ocupar el lugar de algn — to take sb's place

llegó en último lugar — he came last

• en primer lugar, se han clasificado en primer lugar — they have qualified in first place

en primer lugar, me gustaría agradecer la invitación — first of all o firstly, I would like to thank you for inviting me

b) (=situación)

yo, en tu lugar, no iría — I wouldn't go if I were you

usted póngase en mi lugar — put yourself in my place o shoes

en su lugar, ¡descanso! — (Mil) stand easy!

• dejar a algn en buen/mal lugar — [comportamiento] to reflect well/badly on sb; [persona] to make sb look good/bad

• estar fuera de lugar — to be out of place

sentirse fuera de lugar — to feel out of place

- encontrar un lugar bajo el sol

c)

• en lugar de — instead of

vino el portavoz en lugar del ministro — the spokesman came instead of the minister, the spokesman came in the minister's place

¿puedo asistir yo en su lugar? — can I go instead?

en lugar de escribir, me llamó por teléfono — instead of writing, he called me

en lugar de ir a la piscina, ¿por qué no vamos a la playa? — why don't we go to the beach instead of the swimming pool?

3) (=ocasión) opportunity, chance

si se me da el lugar — if I have the opportunity o chance

no hubo lugar para decir lo que pensaba — there was no opportunity to say what I thought

no hay lugar para preocupaciones — there is no cause for concern

• dar lugar a algo — to give rise to sth, lead to sth

• dejar lugar a algo — to leave room for sth

los datos no dejan lugar a dudas — the figures leave no room for doubt

la situación no dejaba lugar al optimismo — the situation left little room for o gave few grounds for optimism

• sin lugar a dudas — without doubt, undoubtedly

• no ha lugar, una reacción tan fuerte, francamente no ha lugar — there is no need for such a violent response

-¡protesto! -no ha lugar — (Jur) "objection!" - "overruled"

• tener lugar — to take place, happen, occur

- a como dé o diera lugar

4) (=espacio) room, space

no hay lugar para escribir nada más — there's no room o space to write any more

¿hay lugar? — is there any room?

hacer lugar para algo — to make room for sth

5) (=localidad) place

En un lugar de la Mancha... — Somewhere in La Mancha...

del lugar — local

un vino del lugar — a local wine

las gentes del lugar — the local people, the locals

lugar de nacimiento — [gen] birthplace; [en impreso] place of birth

lugar de trabajo — workplace

* * *

masculino

1) ( sitio) place

no es éste el lugar — this is not the place

en cualquier otro lugar — anywhere else

cambiar los muebles de lugar — to move the furniture around

en algún lugar — somewhere

consérvese en lugar fresco — keep in a cool place

el lugar del suceso — the scene of the incident

2) (localidad, región)

los habitantes del lugar — the local people

lugar y fecha de nacimiento — place and date of birth

3)

a) ( espacio libre) room

hacer lugar para alguien/algo — to make room o space for somebody/something

b) ( asiento) seat

4)

a) ( situación) place

yo en tu lugar... — if I were you...

ponte en mi lugar — put yourself in my place

b) (en organización, jerarquía) place

nadie puede ocupar el lugar de la madre — nobody can take a mother's place

según el lugar que ocupan en la lista — according to their position on the list

se clasificó en primer/quinto lugar — she finished in first/fifth place

5)

dar lugar a — (a una disputa, a comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

han dado lugar a que la gente hable — their behavior has set people talking

6) (Der)

no ha lugar la protesta — the objection is overruled

7) (en locs)

en lugar de — instead of

ella firmó en mi lugar — she signed on my behalf

en primer lugar: se tratarán en primer lugar they will be dealt with first; en primer lugar porque... first of all o firstly because...; en último lugar: y en último lugar... and finally o lastly...; a como dé/diera lugar (AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it any way we can; a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar one way or another I was going to get in; dejar a alguien en mal lugar to put somebody in an awkward position; poner a alguien en su lugar to put somebody in her/his place; sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly; tener lugar — to take place

•

- lugar común

* * *

= area, locality, location, place, locus [loci, -pl.], site, spot, slot.

Ex. The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.

Ex. To overcome these problems users must think of all the various names that might have been applied, and must understand something of the geography and administration of the locality concerned.

Ex. Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.

Ex. Period and place can also be added to any heading, though there are restrictions on the latter: in certain subjects place takes preference over subject.

Ex. The locus of government policy making has been shifted to the Ministry of Research and Technology.

Ex. Here, families from many different communities were up-rooted and resettled on greenfield sites, many miles away from relatives and friends.

Ex. There was also a spot from which, if you struck the floor with a hard rap of your heel, you could almost count the reverberations as the sound bounced from floor to ceiling to walls to floor.

Ex. These frames are of different types and have slots also of different types, which can be filled by other frames.

----

* asignar un lugar = give + Nombre + a place in.

* auxiliares de lugar = area table.

* cambiar de lugar = relocate, resite [re-site].

* cambio de lugar = relocation.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.

* colocado en lugar erróneo = misplaced.

* colocar en el lugar donde = put in + the place where.

* colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.

* colocar en un lugar = put into + place.

* colocar en un lugar erróneo = misplace.

* confinado a un lugar concreto = site-bound.

* conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.

* Consejo Internacional de Museos y Lugares de Interés (ICOMS) = International Council of Museums and Sites (ICOMOS).

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* de lugares más distantes = from further afield.

* demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.

* desplazarse de un lugar a otro = move from + place to place.

* distribuido en varios lugares = multilocationed.

* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.

* emplazado en un lugar lejano = outstation.

* en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.

* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.

* encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.

* en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier otro lougar = everywhere else.

* en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else.

* en cuarto lugar = fourthly.

* en el lugar del accidente = at the scene of the accident.

* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.

* en lugar de = as opposed to, in place of, instead of, rather than, in lieu of.

* en lugar del accidente = at the scene.

* en lugar de otro = vicariously.

* en lugares cerrados = indoors.

* en ningún lugar = nowhere.

* en otro lugar = elsewhere, off-site [offsite].

* en primer lugar = firstly, in the first place, in the first instance, first and foremost, first off.

* en quinto lugar = fifthly.

* en segundo lugar = secondly, second-best [2nd-best], in the second place.

* en su lugar = instead, in + Posesivo + stead.

* en tercer lugar = thirdly, on the third hand.

* en un lugar central = centrally located.

* en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.

* en un lugar diferente de = somewhere other than.

* en un lugar distinto a = somewhere other than.

* en un lugar seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.

* fuera de lugar = out of place, uncalled-for.

* gallito del lugar, el = cock-of-the-walk.

* ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.

* habitante del lugar = local, local resident.

* hacerse un lugar = carve out + a place.

* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyendo = mark + Posesivo + place.

* lugar acogedor = welcoming place.

* lugar aglomerado = crowded quarter.

* lugar ameno = locus amoenus.

* lugar atrasado = backwater.

* lugar común de alimentación = feeding ground.

* lugar común de encuentro = meeting ground.

* lugar cultural = cultural site.

* lugar de acampada = campsite [camp site], camping site, campground.

* lugar de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area.

* lugar de celebración = venue.

* lugar de celebración del congreso = conference venue.

* lugar de cita = meeting ground.

* lugar de cría = breeding ground, breeding area.

* lugar de descanso = resting place.

* lugar de diversión = playground.

* lugar de encuentro = meeting place, meeting point, gathering place, tryst.

* lugar de entretenimiento nocturno = night spot.

* lugar de honor = pride of place.

* lugar de impresión = place of printing.

* lugar de interés = attraction, sight.

* lugar del crimen = scene of the crime.

* lugar de nacimiento = birthplace, place of birth.

* lugar de origen = locality of origin.

* lugar de parada = halting place.

* lugar de pasto = feeding ground.

* lugar de prueba alfa = alpha test site, alpha site.

* lugar de prueba beta = beta test site.

* lugar de pruebas = test site.

* lugar de publicación = place of publication.

* lugar de recogida = pick-up location, pick-up point, drop-off point.

* lugar de residencia = place of residence.

* lugar destacado = prime space.

* lugar de trabajo = affiliation, institutional affiliation, working environment, workplace, work setting, place of work, worksite [work site], home institution.

* lugar de trabajo del autor = author affiliation.

* lugar de vacaciones = tourist destination.

* lugar donde las aves pasan la noche = roost.

* lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.

* lugar en el mercado de venta = market niche.

* lugar en la ordenación = filing position.

* lugar escondido = secluded spot.

* lugares de interés = sights.

* lugar específico = niche.

* lugar físico = physical place.

* lugar frecuentado = hang out.

* lugar histórico = historic site, historical site.

* lugar interesante = hot spot.

* lugar oculto = hidden storage place, secret storage location, secret storage place, secret holding location, secret cell.

* lugar para comer = eating facility.

* lugar pintoresco = beauty spot.

* lugar privilegiado = place in the sun.

* lugar protegido = safe haven, safe harbour.

* lugar público = public place.

* lugar que le corresponde = Posesivo + rightful place.

* lugar que nos corresponde = place in the sun.

* lugar remoto = secluded spot.

* lugar resguardado del viento y soleado = suntrap.

* lugar seguro = safe haven, safe place.

* lugar visible = prime space.

* nombre de lugar = place name.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* ocasión + dar lugar a = occasion + give rise to.

* ocupar el lugar de = take + the place of.

* ocupar el lugar de Alguien = take + Posesivo + place.

* ocupar un lugar = hold + a place, occupy + place.

* ocupar un lugar destacado para + Pronombre = stand + high on + Posesivo + list.

* ocupar un lugar en una clasificación = rank.

* ocupar un lugar importante = take + pride of place.

* ocupar un lugar prioritario en los intereses de Alguien = rank + high on + Posesivo + agenda.

* ocupar un lugar privilegiado = have + pride of place.

* ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.

* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.

* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.

* primer lugar de consulta = first stop.

* que huele a lugar cerrado = fusty.

* que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* residente del lugar = local resident.

* sentimiento de pertenecer a un lugar = sense of belonging.

* sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.

* sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.

* sistema en el que el documento aparece representado en un único lugar del ín = one-place system.

* situado en primer lugar = top-rated.

* situado en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.

* situado en un lugar lejano = outstation.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* TIP (El Lugar de Información) = TIP (The Information Place).

* UF (úsese en lugar de) = UF (use for).

* un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.

* variar de lugar a lugar = differ + from place to place.

* variar de un lugar a otro = vary + from place to place.

* visita con conferencia a varios lugares de un país = lecture tour.

* zona central de un lugar = heartland.

* * *

masculino

1) ( sitio) place

no es éste el lugar — this is not the place

en cualquier otro lugar — anywhere else

cambiar los muebles de lugar — to move the furniture around

en algún lugar — somewhere

consérvese en lugar fresco — keep in a cool place

el lugar del suceso — the scene of the incident

2) (localidad, región)

los habitantes del lugar — the local people

lugar y fecha de nacimiento — place and date of birth

3)

a) ( espacio libre) room

hacer lugar para alguien/algo — to make room o space for somebody/something

b) ( asiento) seat

4)

a) ( situación) place

yo en tu lugar... — if I were you...

ponte en mi lugar — put yourself in my place

b) (en organización, jerarquía) place

nadie puede ocupar el lugar de la madre — nobody can take a mother's place

según el lugar que ocupan en la lista — according to their position on the list

se clasificó en primer/quinto lugar — she finished in first/fifth place

5)

dar lugar a — (a una disputa, a comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

han dado lugar a que la gente hable — their behavior has set people talking

6) (Der)

no ha lugar la protesta — the objection is overruled

7) (en locs)

en lugar de — instead of

ella firmó en mi lugar — she signed on my behalf

en primer lugar: se tratarán en primer lugar they will be dealt with first; en primer lugar porque... first of all o firstly because...; en último lugar: y en último lugar... and finally o lastly...; a como dé/diera lugar (AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it any way we can; a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar one way or another I was going to get in; dejar a alguien en mal lugar to put somebody in an awkward position; poner a alguien en su lugar to put somebody in her/his place; sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly; tener lugar — to take place

•

- lugar común

* * *

= area, locality, location, place, locus [loci, -pl.], site, spot, slot.

Ex: The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.

Ex: To overcome these problems users must think of all the various names that might have been applied, and must understand something of the geography and administration of the locality concerned.

Ex: Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.

Ex: Period and place can also be added to any heading, though there are restrictions on the latter: in certain subjects place takes preference over subject.

Ex: The locus of government policy making has been shifted to the Ministry of Research and Technology.

Ex: Here, families from many different communities were up-rooted and resettled on greenfield sites, many miles away from relatives and friends.

Ex: There was also a spot from which, if you struck the floor with a hard rap of your heel, you could almost count the reverberations as the sound bounced from floor to ceiling to walls to floor.

Ex: These frames are of different types and have slots also of different types, which can be filled by other frames.

* asignar un lugar = give + Nombre + a place in.

* auxiliares de lugar = area table.

* cambiar de lugar = relocate, resite [re-site].

* cambio de lugar = relocation.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.

* colocado en lugar erróneo = misplaced.

* colocar en el lugar donde = put in + the place where.

* colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.

* colocar en un lugar = put into + place.

* colocar en un lugar erróneo = misplace.

* confinado a un lugar concreto = site-bound.

* conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.

* Consejo Internacional de Museos y Lugares de Interés (ICOMS) = International Council of Museums and Sites (ICOMOS).

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* de lugares más distantes = from further afield.

* demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.

* desplazarse de un lugar a otro = move from + place to place.

* distribuido en varios lugares = multilocationed.

* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.

* emplazado en un lugar lejano = outstation.

* en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.

* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.

* encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.

* en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier otro lougar = everywhere else.

* en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else.

* en cuarto lugar = fourthly.

* en el lugar del accidente = at the scene of the accident.

* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.

* en lugar de = as opposed to, in place of, instead of, rather than, in lieu of.

* en lugar del accidente = at the scene.

* en lugar de otro = vicariously.

* en lugares cerrados = indoors.

* en ningún lugar = nowhere.

* en otro lugar = elsewhere, off-site [offsite].

* en primer lugar = firstly, in the first place, in the first instance, first and foremost, first off.

* en quinto lugar = fifthly.

* en segundo lugar = secondly, second-best [2nd-best], in the second place.

* en su lugar = instead, in + Posesivo + stead.

* en tercer lugar = thirdly, on the third hand.

* en un lugar central = centrally located.

* en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.

* en un lugar diferente de = somewhere other than.

* en un lugar distinto a = somewhere other than.

* en un lugar seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.

* fuera de lugar = out of place, uncalled-for.

* gallito del lugar, el = cock-of-the-walk.

* ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.

* habitante del lugar = local, local resident.

* hacerse un lugar = carve out + a place.

* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyendo = mark + Posesivo + place.

* lugar acogedor = welcoming place.

* lugar aglomerado = crowded quarter.

* lugar ameno = locus amoenus.

* lugar atrasado = backwater.

* lugar común de alimentación = feeding ground.

* lugar común de encuentro = meeting ground.

* lugar cultural = cultural site.

* lugar de acampada = campsite [camp site], camping site, campground.

* lugar de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area.

* lugar de celebración = venue.

* lugar de celebración del congreso = conference venue.

* lugar de cita = meeting ground.

* lugar de cría = breeding ground, breeding area.

* lugar de descanso = resting place.

* lugar de diversión = playground.

* lugar de encuentro = meeting place, meeting point, gathering place, tryst.

* lugar de entretenimiento nocturno = night spot.

* lugar de honor = pride of place.

* lugar de impresión = place of printing.

* lugar de interés = attraction, sight.

* lugar del crimen = scene of the crime.

* lugar de nacimiento = birthplace, place of birth.

* lugar de origen = locality of origin.

* lugar de parada = halting place.

* lugar de pasto = feeding ground.

* lugar de prueba alfa = alpha test site, alpha site.

* lugar de prueba beta = beta test site.

* lugar de pruebas = test site.

* lugar de publicación = place of publication.

* lugar de recogida = pick-up location, pick-up point, drop-off point.

* lugar de residencia = place of residence.

* lugar destacado = prime space.

* lugar de trabajo = affiliation, institutional affiliation, working environment, workplace, work setting, place of work, worksite [work site], home institution.

* lugar de trabajo del autor = author affiliation.

* lugar de vacaciones = tourist destination.

* lugar donde las aves pasan la noche = roost.

* lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.

* lugar en el mercado de venta = market niche.

* lugar en la ordenación = filing position.

* lugar escondido = secluded spot.

* lugares de interés = sights.

* lugar específico = niche.

* lugar físico = physical place.

* lugar frecuentado = hang out.

* lugar histórico = historic site, historical site.

* lugar interesante = hot spot.

* lugar oculto = hidden storage place, secret storage location, secret storage place, secret holding location, secret cell.

* lugar para comer = eating facility.

* lugar pintoresco = beauty spot.

* lugar privilegiado = place in the sun.

* lugar protegido = safe haven, safe harbour.

* lugar público = public place.

* lugar que le corresponde = Posesivo + rightful place.

* lugar que nos corresponde = place in the sun.

* lugar remoto = secluded spot.

* lugar resguardado del viento y soleado = suntrap.

* lugar seguro = safe haven, safe place.

* lugar visible = prime space.

* nombre de lugar = place name.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* ocasión + dar lugar a = occasion + give rise to.

* ocupar el lugar de = take + the place of.

* ocupar el lugar de Alguien = take + Posesivo + place.

* ocupar un lugar = hold + a place, occupy + place.

* ocupar un lugar destacado para + Pronombre = stand + high on + Posesivo + list.

* ocupar un lugar en una clasificación = rank.

* ocupar un lugar importante = take + pride of place.

* ocupar un lugar prioritario en los intereses de Alguien = rank + high on + Posesivo + agenda.

* ocupar un lugar privilegiado = have + pride of place.

* ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.

* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.

* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.

* primer lugar de consulta = first stop.

* que huele a lugar cerrado = fusty.

* que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* residente del lugar = local resident.

* sentimiento de pertenecer a un lugar = sense of belonging.

* sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.

* sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.

* sistema en el que el documento aparece representado en un único lugar del ín = one-place system.

* situado en primer lugar = top-rated.

* situado en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.

* situado en un lugar lejano = outstation.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* TIP (El Lugar de Información) = TIP (The Information Place).

* UF (úsese en lugar de) = UF (use for).

* un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.

* variar de lugar a lugar = differ + from place to place.

* variar de un lugar a otro = vary + from place to place.

* visita con conferencia a varios lugares de un país = lecture tour.

* zona central de un lugar = heartland.

* * *

lugar

masculine

A (sitio) place

no es éste el lugar ni el momento oportuno para hablar de ello this is neither the time nor the place to discuss it

esto no está en su lugar this is not in its place, this is not where it should be o in the right place o where it belongs

en cualquier otro lugar la gente se hubiera echado a la calle anywhere else o in any other country, people would have taken to the streets

hemos cambiado los muebles de lugar we've moved the furniture around

tiene que estar en algún lugar it must be somewhere

guárdalo en un lugar seguro keep it in a safe place

[ S ] consérvese en lugar fresco keep in a cool place

se trasladaron al lugar del suceso they went to the scene of the incident

¿se te ocurre un lugar por aquí cerca donde podamos ir a comer? can you think of anywhere around here where we can go and eat?

B

(localidad, región): visité varios lugares I visited several places

los habitantes del lugar the local inhabitants o people

en un lugar de África somewhere in Africa

lugar y fecha de nacimiento place and date of birth

C

1

(espacio libre): ¿podrían hacer lugar para alguien más? could you make room o space for one more?

no hay lugar para nada más there's no room for anything else

aquí te dejé un lugar para que pongas tus cosas I left you some space here for you to put your things

2 (asiento) seat

D

1 (situación) place

ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place

yo en tu lugar no se lo diría I wouldn't tell her if I were you

¡ya quisiera verte en mi lugar! I'd like to see what you'd do in my place o position o ( colloq) shoes

2 (en una organización, jerarquía) place

el lugar que le corresponde her rightful place o position

nadie puede ocupar el lugar de una madre nobody can take a mother's place

según el lugar que ocupan en la lista according to their position on the list

en quinto lugar se clasificó el equipo australiano the Australian team finished fifth o in fifth place o in fifth position

E

dar lugar a (a una disputa) to provoke, give rise to, spark off; (a comentarios) to give rise to, provoke

han dado lugar a que la gente hable their behavior has got o set people talking

F ( Der):

no ha lugar la protesta the objection is overruled

G ( en locs):

en lugar de instead of

fue él en lugar de su hermano he went instead of his brother o in his brother's place

en lugar de hablar tanto podrías ayudar un poco instead of talking so much you might help a bit

¿puede firmar ella en mi lugar? can she sign for me o on my behalf

¿y si en lugar de ir nosotros viene él aquí? and how about him coming here rather than us going there?

en primer/segundo/último lugar: los temas que serán tratados en primer lugar the topics which will be dealt with first

no estoy de acuerdo, en primer lugar porque … I don't agree, first of all o firstly because …

y en último lugar, hablaremos de las posibles soluciones and finally o lastly, we will discuss possible solutions

a como dé/diera lugar ( AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it however possible o however they can

a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar al concierto one way or another I was going to get into the concert

dejar a algn en mal lugar to put sb in an awkward position

hacerse un lugar (en la vida) to get on in life

no dejar lugar a dudas: lo dijo con tal convicción que no dejó lugar a dudas sobre su sinceridad she said it with such conviction that there could be no doubt about her sincerity

poner a algn en su lugar to put sb in her/his place

sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly

tener lugar to take place

un lugar para cada cosa y cada cosa en su lugar a place for everything and everything in its place

Compuestos:

● lugar común

cliché, commonplace

● lugar geométrico

locus

* * *

lugar sustantivo masculino
1 ( en general) place;
◊ este es el lugar this is the place;

en cualquier otro lugar anywhere else;
en algún lugar somewhere;
cambiar los muebles de lugar to move the furniture around;
el lugar del suceso the scene of the incident;
yo en tu lugar … if I were you …;
ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;
se clasificó en primer lugar she finished in first place
2 (localidad, región):
◊ los habitantes del lugar the local people;

lugar y fecha de nacimiento place and date of birth
3
a) ( espacio libre) room;

◊ hacer lugar para algn/algo to make room o space for sb/sth;

me hizo un lugar he made me some room
b) ( asiento) seat

4
◊ dar lugar a (a disputa, comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

5 ( en locs)
◊ en lugar de instead of;

ella firmó en mi lugar she signed on my behalf;
en primer lugar ( antes que nada) first of all, firstly;
en último lugar ( finalmente) finally, lastly;
sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly;
tener lugar to take place
lugar sustantivo masculino
1 place
la gente del lugar, the local people
en algún lugar del cuerpo/libro, in some part of the body/book
2 (ocasión) time: no hubo lugar para ello, there was no occasion for it
3 (motivo) occasion: dio lugar a un malentendido, it gave rise to a misunderstanding
♦ Locuciones: sentirse fuera de lugar to feel out of place
tener lugar, to take place
en lugar de, instead of
en mi/tu/su lugar..., if I/you/he were me/you/him...
en primer lugar, in the first place, firstly
sin lugar a dudas, without a doubt
' lugar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abandonada
- abandonado
- abandono
- abrigo
- acogedor
- acogedora
- acuartelamiento
- acudir
- airear
- alejada
- alejado
- allá
- allí
- antesala
- apartada
- apartado
- aquí
- archivo
- arena
- atrás
- baja
- bajo
- botar
- cabida
- caer
- celebrarse
- colocarse
- continuar
- damnificada
- damnificado
- darse
- definitivamente
- dejar
- delante
- dentro
- deprimida
- deprimido
- derecha
- desalojo
- desamparada
- desamparado
- desarrollarse
- desencadenar
- desencajada
- desencajado
- desentonar
- desfilar
- designar
- deslizarse
- despacho
English:
abroad
- agree
- be
- beauty spot
- birthplace
- breeding ground
- burial
- celebrate
- change
- climb
- come off
- commonplace
- commuter
- dental surgery
- designate
- desolation
- divert
- drive-through
- elsewhere
- equatorial
- erect
- everyplace
- ex
- first
- firstly
- foremost
- haunt
- high
- homeland
- in-service
- inch
- innermost
- innocent
- instead
- introduction
- landmark
- last
- lie
- lieu
- live in
- liven
- location
- lookout
- Mecca
- midterm
- misplaced
- mournful
- move back
- occupy
- palace

* * *

lugar

♦ nm

1. [sitio] place;
[del crimen, accidente] scene; [para acampar, merendar] spot;
encontraron una pistola en el lugar de los hechos they found a gun at the crime scene o scene of the crime;

¿en qué lugar habré metido las tijeras? where can I have put the scissors?;

en algún lugar somewhere;

no lo veo por ningún lugar I can't see it anywhere;

vuelve a ponerlo todo en su lugar put everything back where it belongs;

he cambiado el televisor de lugar I've moved the television;

estoy buscando un lugar donde pasar la noche I'm looking for somewhere to spend the night;

éste no es (el) lugar para discutir eso this is not the place to discuss that

Comp
lugar de anidación nesting site;
lugar de encuentro meeting place;

lugar de interés place of interest;

lugar de reunión meeting place;

lugar sagrado sanctum;

lugar de trabajo workplace

2. [localidad] place, town;

las gentes del lugar the local people;

ni los más viejos del lugar recuerdan algo semejante not even the oldest people there can remember anything like it

Comp
lugar de nacimiento [en biografía] birthplace; [en formulario, impreso] place of birth;
lugar de residencia [en formulario, impreso] place of residence;

lugar turístico Br holiday o US vacation resort;

lugar de veraneo summer resort

3. [puesto] position;

ocupa un lugar importante en la empresa she has an important position in the company, she is high up in the company;

¿puedes ir tú en mi lugar? can you go in my place?;

en primer/segundo lugar, quiero decir… in the first/second place, I would like to say…, firstly/secondly, I would like to say…;

llegó en primer/segundo lugar she finished o came first/second;

en último lugar, quiero decir… lastly o last, I would like to say…;

llegó en último lugar she came last;

ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;

yo en tu lugar if I were you

4. [espacio libre] room, space;

esta mesa ocupa mucho lugar this table takes up a lot of room o space;

aquí ya no hay lugar para más gente there's no room for anyone else here;

hacerle lugar a algo/alguien to make room o some space for sth/sb

5. lugar común platitude, commonplace

6. [ocasión]
dar lugar a [rumores, comentarios, debate, disputa] to give rise to;
[polémica] to spark off, to give rise to; [catástrofe] to lead to, to cause; [explosión, escape] to cause; Am
a como dé lugar whatever the cost, whatever it takes;
Der
no ha lugar objection overruled;

no hay lugar a duda there's no (room for) doubt;

sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly

7.
tener lugar to take place;

la recepción tendrá lugar en los jardines del palacio the reception will be held in the palace gardens

8. Comp

dejar en buen lugar: el cantante mexicano dejó en buen lugar a su país the Mexican singer did his country proud;

dejar en mal lugar: no nos dejes en mal lugar y pórtate bien be good and don't show us up;

estar fuera de lugar to be out of place;

poner a alguien en su lugar to put sb in his/her place;

poner las cosas en su lugar to set things straight

♦ en lugar de loc prep

instead of;

acudió en lugar de mí she came in my place o instead of me;

en lugar de la sopa, tomaré pasta I'll have the pasta instead of the soup;

en lugar de mirar, podrías echarnos una mano you could give us a hand rather than o instead of just standing/sitting there watching

* * *

lugar

m place;

en lugar de instead of;

en primer lugar in the first place, first(ly);

fuera de lugar out of place;

yo en tu lugar if I were you, (if I were) in your place;

ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;

dar lugar a give rise to;

tener lugar take place;

lugar de destino posting;

sin lugar a dudas without a doubt

* * *

lugar nm

1) : place, position

se llevó el primer lugar en su división: she took first place in her division

2) espacio: space, room

3)

dar lugar a : to give rise to, to lead to

4)

en lugar de : instead of

5)

lugar común : cliché, platitude

6)

tener lugar : to take place

* * *

lugar n place

es un lugar muy tranquilo it's a very quiet place

llegó en quinto lugar he finished in fifth place

un lugar donde sentarse a place to sit / somewhere to sit

dar lugar a to give rise to [pt. gave; pp. given]

en lugar de instead of

en primer lugar firstly / first of all

estar fuera de lugar (incómodo) out of place (inoportuno) inappropriate

tener lugar to take place

Spanish-English dictionary > lugar
44 hablar

v.

1 to speak.

hablar en voz alta/baja to speak loudly/softly

hablar claro to speak clearly

Ella habla la verdad She speaks the truth.

2 to talk.

necesito hablar contigo I need to talk o speak to you, we need to talk

hablar con alguien por teléfono to speak to somebody on the phone

hablar de algo to talk about something

La viejita habla mucho The little old lady talks a lot.

3 to talk.

hacer hablar a alguien to get somebody to talk (en interrogatorio)

4 to speak (idioma).

5 to discuss (asunto).

es mejor que lo hables con él it would be better if you talked to him about it

6 to talk to, to speak to.

Ella le habla a Ricardo She talks to Richard.

* * *

hablar

► verbo intransitivo

1 (gen) to speak, talk

■ habló conmigo he spoke to me

2 (mencionar) to talk, mention

■ no me habló de eso she didn't mention that

3 (murmurar) to talk

■ eso dará que hablar that will set people talking

4 (dar un tratamiento) to call (de, -)

■ háblame de tú call me by my first name

5 figurado (salir) to go out

■ habló tres años con Luis she went out with Luis for three years

► verbo transitivo

1 (idioma) to speak

■ habla francés he speaks French

2 (tratar) to talk over, discuss

■ ya lo hablaremos después we'll discuss it later

► verbo pronominal hablarse

1 (uso recíproco) to speak, talk

■ ayer nos hablamos por teléfono we spoke on the 'phone yesterday

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

es como hablar a la pared figurado it's like talking to a brick wall

eso es hablar now you're talking

estar hablando (cuadro etc) to be almost alive

hablar a solas to talk to oneself

hablar alto to speak loud

■ ¿puedes hablar más alto? can you speak up, please?

hablar bajo to speak softly

hablar bien de alguien to speak well of somebody

hablar claro to speak plainly

hablar como un libro (expresarse muy bien) to speak very well, express oneself very clearly 2 (hablar con afectación) to speak affectedly

hablar con el corazón to speak from the heart

hablar en broma to be joking

hablar en cristiano familiar to talk plainly

hablar en nombre de alguien to speak on somebody's behalf

hablar mal de alguien to speak badly of somebody

hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of talking

hablar por los codos familiar to be a chatterbox

no hablarse con alguien not to be on speaking terms with somebody

no hay más que hablar there's nothing more to be said

no se hable más de ello and that's that

¡quién fue a hablar! look who's talking!

se habla de que... it is said that...

'Se habla inglés' "English spoken"

sin hablar de not to mention

sin hablar palabra without saying a word

* * *

verb

1) to speak

2) talk

* * *

1.

VI to speak, talk (a, con to) (de about, of)

necesito hablar contigo — I need to talk o speak to you

acabamos de hablar del premio — we were just talking o speaking about the prize

¡mira quién fue a hablar! — look who's talking!

los datos hablan por sí solos — the facts speak for themselves

que hable él — let him speak, let him have his say

¡hable!, ¡puede hablar! — (Telec) you're through!, go ahead! (EEUU)

¿quién habla? — (Telec) who's calling?, who is it?

• hablar alto — to speak o talk loudly

• hablar bajo — to speak o talk quietly, speak o talk in a low voice

• hablar claro — (fig) to speak plainly o bluntly

• dar que hablar a la gente — to make people talk, cause tongues to wag

• hablaba en broma — she was joking

vamos a hablar en confianza — this is between you and me

¿hablas en serio? — are you serious?

• hacer hablar a algn — to make sb talk

el vino hace hablar — wine loosens people's tongues

• hablar por hablar — to talk for talking's sake, talk for the sake of it

• hablar por teléfono — to speak on the phone

hablamos por teléfono todos los días — we speak on the phone every day, we phone each other every day

acabo de hablar por teléfono con ella — I was just on the phone to her

• hablar solo — to talk o speak to o.s.

¡ni hablar! —

-¿vas a ayudarle en la mudanza? -¡ni hablar! — "are you going to help him with the move?" - "no way!" o - "you must be joking!"

de eso ni hablar — that's out of the question

- hablando del rey de Roma...
cristiano, plata
2. VT

1) [+ idioma] to speak

habla bien el portugués — he speaks good Portuguese, he speaks Portuguese well

"se habla inglés" — "English spoken"

en el Brasil se habla portugués — they speak Portuguese in Brazil

2) (=tratar de)

hay que hablarlo todo — we need to discuss everything

eso habrá que hablarlo con tu padre — you'll have to discuss that with your father

• no hay más que hablar — there's nothing more to be said about it

exijo que se haga lo que yo digo y no hay más que hablar — you will do what I say and that's that

me gustan las películas de vaqueros y no hay más que hablar — I happen to like westerns and I don't see why I should have to justify it

3) Méx (Telec) to (tele)phone

3.

See:

hablarse
HABLAR ¿"Speak" o "talk"? ► Se traduce por speak cuando hablar tiene un sentido general, es decir, hace referencia a la emisión de sonidos articulados: Estaba tan conmocionado que no podía hablar He was so shocked that he was unable to speak Su padre antes tartamudeaba al hablar Her father used to stutter when he spoke ► También se emplea speak cuando nos referimos a la capacidad de hablar un idioma: Habla francés y alemán She speaks French and German ► Cuando hablar implica la participación de más de una persona, es decir, se trata de una conversación, una charla, o un comentario, entonces se traduce por talk. Es una de esas personas que no para de hablar He's one of those people who won't stop talking ► Para traducir la construcción hablar con alguien podemos utilizar talk to ( talk with en el inglés de EE.UU.) o, si el uso es más formal, se puede emplear speak to ( speak with en el inglés de EE.UU.): Vi a Manolo hablando animadamente con un grupo de turistas I saw Manolo talking o speaking animatedly to o with a group of tourists ► Si queremos especificar el idioma en que se desarrolla la conversación, se puede emplear tanto talk como speak, aunque este último se usa en un lenguaje más formal: Me sorprendió bastante verla hablar en francés con tanta soltura I was surprised to see her talking o speaking (in) French so fluently Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1) ( articular palabras) to speak

hablar en voz baja — to speak o talk quietly

habla más alto — speak up

habla más bajo — keep your voice down

aún no sabe hablar — he hasn't started to talk yet o isn't talking yet

hablar con la boca llena — to talk with one's mouth full

2) ( expresarse) to speak

déjalo hablar — let him speak, let him have his say (colloq)

hablar claro — ( claramente) to speak clearly; ( francamente) to speak frankly

las cifras hablan por sí solas — the figures speak for themselves

mejor no hablar — I'd better keep my mouth shut

así se habla! — that's what I like to hear!

mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar — (fam) look o hark who's talking (colloq)

hablar por señas — to use sign language

hablar en público — to speak in public

un político que habla muy bien — a politician who is a very good speaker

hablar por hablar — to talk for the sake of it

quien mucho habla mucho yerra — the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make

3)

a) ( conversar) to talk

se pasaron toda la noche hablando — they spent the whole night talking o (colloq) chatting

tenemos que hablar — we must (have a) talk

tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo — I need to speak to you o have a word with you

está hablando por teléfono — he's on the phone

hablando se entiende la gente — (fr hecha) the way to work things out is by talking

hablar con alguien — to speak o talk to somebody

ni hablar: de eso ni hablar that's totally out of the question; ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq); nos castigaron por hablar en clase — we were punished for talking in class

b) ( murmurar) to talk

a la gente le gusta hablar — people just like to talk o gossip

dar que hablar — to start people talking

c) ( al teléfono)

¿quién habla? — who's speaking o calling?

¿con quién hablo? — who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

4) (tratar, referirse a)

hablar de algo/alguien — to talk about something/somebody

tú y yo no tenemos nada de que hablar — you and I have nothing to say to each other o nothing to discuss

hablar de negocios — to talk (about) o discuss business

siempre habla mal de ella — he never has a good word to say about her

lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) — let's say 10,000 and be done with it

el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión — going by train is expensive, and as for flying...

háblame de tus planes — tell me about your plans

no sé de qué me estás hablando — I don't know what you're talking about

hablan muy bien de él — people speak very highly of him

me ha hablado mucho de ti — she's told me a lot about you

le hablé al director de tu caso — I spoke to the director about your case

hablar sobre or acerca de algo — to talk about something

ya hablaremos sobre eso luego — we'll talk about that later

5) ( bajo coacción) to talk

6)

a) ( dar discurso) to speak

el rey habló a la nación — the king spoke to o addressed the nation

b) ( dirigirse a) to speak

no me hables en ese tono — don't speak to me in that tone of voice

háblale de tú — use the `tú' form with him

7)

a) ( anunciar propósito)

hablar de + inf — to talk of -ing, talk about -ing

mucho hablar de ahorrar y va y se compra esto — all this talk of saving and he goes and buys this! (colloq)

b) ( rumorear)

se habla ya de miles de víctimas — there is already talk of thousands of casualties

se habla de que va a renunciar — it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

8) (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
2.
hablar vt

1) < idioma> to speak

se habla español — Spanish spoken

2) ( tratar)

tenemos que hablar las cosas — we must talk things over

ya lo hablaremos más adelante — we'll talk about o discuss that later

háblalo con ella — speak o talk to her about it

3) (fam) ( decir)

no hables disparates or tonterías — don't talk nonsense

no habló ni una palabra — he didn't say a word
3.
hablarse v pron

llevan meses sin hablarse — they haven't spoken to each other for months

no se habla con ella — he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her

* * *

= speak, talk, share + Posesivo + view, speak up, chat.

Ex. If, however, you wish to speak another language with DOBIS/LIBIS, enter the name of that language in this field by typing over the language displayed.

Ex. The philosophy was that every computer on the network would talk, as a peer, with any other computer.

Ex. The aim is to encourage children to read more and to share their views on the books they read.

Ex. 'When you've been here a while, you'll see that it's hard to avoid run-ins with her,' Lehmann spoke up.

Ex. The guest might be better employed seeing small groups half a dozen or so for quarter of an hour, when they could chat about anything that crops up.

----

* conseguir hablar con = catch up with.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* del que estamos hablando = in question.

* empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.

* estrictamente hablando = strictly speaking.

* extasiarse hablando de Algo = wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous.

* forma de hablar = manner of speaking.

* hablando de Roma, por la puerta asoma = speak of the devil, talk of the devil.

* hablando en plata = crudely put.

* hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.

* hablando figuradamente = figuratively speaking.

* hablando por teléfono = on the line.

* hablando sinceramente = straight talk.

* hablando sin rodeos = crudely put.

* hablando sin tapujos = straight talk.

* hablar a = speak to.

* hablar a calzón quitado = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* hablar a favor de = speak up for.

* hablar alto = be loud.

* hablar al unísono = speak with + one voice.

* hablar antes de tiempo = speak too soon.

* hablar bajo = speak + low.

* hablar ceceando = lisp.

* hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* hablar como una cotorra = talk + Posesivo + socks off.

* hablar con = check with, speak with, talk with, speak to.

* hablar con diplomacia = say + the right thing.

* hablar con entusiasmo = gush about.

* hablar con la boca llena = speak with + Posesivo + mouth full, talk with + Posesivo + mouth full.

* hablar con la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.

* hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.

* hablar con ritmo y rima = rap about.

* hablar de = be on about, talk about, tell of.

* hablar de boquilla = pay + lip service.

* hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.

* hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.

* hablar del trabajo = talk + shop.

* hablar despectivamente = speak + disparagingly.

* hablar efusivamente = gush about.

* hablar emotivamente y con efusividad = gush about.

* hablar en contra de = speak against.

* hablar en falso = speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue.

* hablar en favor de = put + a word in for.

* hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.

* hablar en plata = put + it crudely.

* hablar en público = public speaking, speak in + public.

* hablar entre dientes = mumble, mutter.

* hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.

* hablar en voz alta = talk in + a loud voice.

* hablar en voz baja = whisper, speak + low.

* hablar explícitamente = speak out.

* hablar hasta por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off.

* hablar hasta reventar = talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.

* hablar incoherentmente = babble.

* hablar mal de = speak against, speak out against, speak + ill of, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, slate, diss.

* hablar maravillas de = praise.

* hablar más de la cuenta = shoot + Posesivo + mouth off.

* hablar muy bien de = rave about, rant and rave.

* hablar pestes = trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.

* hablar por hablar = waffle, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* hablar por la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.

* hablar por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off, talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.

* hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.

* hablarse = on speaking terms.

* hablarse bien de Algo o Alguien = be well spoken of.

* hablar sin decir nada = waffle.

* hablar sin parar = burble on.

* hablar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.

* hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.

* hablar sin ton ni son = talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.

* loro viejo no aprende a hablar = you can't teach an old dog new tricks, you can't teach an old dog new tricks.

* ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.

* ¡ni hablar! = no dice!.

* ¡ni hablar del caso! = no dice!.

* persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.

* que habla en voz baja = quietly spoken.

* saber de lo que Uno estar hablando = know + Posesivo + stuff.

* ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.

* volver a hablar innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].

* ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1) ( articular palabras) to speak

hablar en voz baja — to speak o talk quietly

habla más alto — speak up

habla más bajo — keep your voice down

aún no sabe hablar — he hasn't started to talk yet o isn't talking yet

hablar con la boca llena — to talk with one's mouth full

2) ( expresarse) to speak

déjalo hablar — let him speak, let him have his say (colloq)

hablar claro — ( claramente) to speak clearly; ( francamente) to speak frankly

las cifras hablan por sí solas — the figures speak for themselves

mejor no hablar — I'd better keep my mouth shut

así se habla! — that's what I like to hear!

mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar — (fam) look o hark who's talking (colloq)

hablar por señas — to use sign language

hablar en público — to speak in public

un político que habla muy bien — a politician who is a very good speaker

hablar por hablar — to talk for the sake of it

quien mucho habla mucho yerra — the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make

3)

a) ( conversar) to talk

se pasaron toda la noche hablando — they spent the whole night talking o (colloq) chatting

tenemos que hablar — we must (have a) talk

tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo — I need to speak to you o have a word with you

está hablando por teléfono — he's on the phone

hablando se entiende la gente — (fr hecha) the way to work things out is by talking

hablar con alguien — to speak o talk to somebody

ni hablar: de eso ni hablar that's totally out of the question; ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq); nos castigaron por hablar en clase — we were punished for talking in class

b) ( murmurar) to talk

a la gente le gusta hablar — people just like to talk o gossip

dar que hablar — to start people talking

c) ( al teléfono)

¿quién habla? — who's speaking o calling?

¿con quién hablo? — who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

4) (tratar, referirse a)

hablar de algo/alguien — to talk about something/somebody

tú y yo no tenemos nada de que hablar — you and I have nothing to say to each other o nothing to discuss

hablar de negocios — to talk (about) o discuss business

siempre habla mal de ella — he never has a good word to say about her

lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) — let's say 10,000 and be done with it

el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión — going by train is expensive, and as for flying...

háblame de tus planes — tell me about your plans

no sé de qué me estás hablando — I don't know what you're talking about

hablan muy bien de él — people speak very highly of him

me ha hablado mucho de ti — she's told me a lot about you

le hablé al director de tu caso — I spoke to the director about your case

hablar sobre or acerca de algo — to talk about something

ya hablaremos sobre eso luego — we'll talk about that later

5) ( bajo coacción) to talk

6)

a) ( dar discurso) to speak

el rey habló a la nación — the king spoke to o addressed the nation

b) ( dirigirse a) to speak

no me hables en ese tono — don't speak to me in that tone of voice

háblale de tú — use the `tú' form with him

7)

a) ( anunciar propósito)

hablar de + inf — to talk of -ing, talk about -ing

mucho hablar de ahorrar y va y se compra esto — all this talk of saving and he goes and buys this! (colloq)

b) ( rumorear)

se habla ya de miles de víctimas — there is already talk of thousands of casualties

se habla de que va a renunciar — it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

8) (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
2.
hablar vt

1) < idioma> to speak

se habla español — Spanish spoken

2) ( tratar)

tenemos que hablar las cosas — we must talk things over

ya lo hablaremos más adelante — we'll talk about o discuss that later

háblalo con ella — speak o talk to her about it

3) (fam) ( decir)

no hables disparates or tonterías — don't talk nonsense

no habló ni una palabra — he didn't say a word
3.
hablarse v pron

llevan meses sin hablarse — they haven't spoken to each other for months

no se habla con ella — he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her

* * *

= speak, talk, share + Posesivo + view, speak up, chat.

Ex: If, however, you wish to speak another language with DOBIS/LIBIS, enter the name of that language in this field by typing over the language displayed.

Ex: The philosophy was that every computer on the network would talk, as a peer, with any other computer.

Ex: The aim is to encourage children to read more and to share their views on the books they read.

Ex: 'When you've been here a while, you'll see that it's hard to avoid run-ins with her,' Lehmann spoke up.

Ex: The guest might be better employed seeing small groups half a dozen or so for quarter of an hour, when they could chat about anything that crops up.

* conseguir hablar con = catch up with.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* del que estamos hablando = in question.

* empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.

* estrictamente hablando = strictly speaking.

* extasiarse hablando de Algo = wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous.

* forma de hablar = manner of speaking.

* hablando de Roma, por la puerta asoma = speak of the devil, talk of the devil.

* hablando en plata = crudely put.

* hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.

* hablando figuradamente = figuratively speaking.

* hablando por teléfono = on the line.

* hablando sinceramente = straight talk.

* hablando sin rodeos = crudely put.

* hablando sin tapujos = straight talk.

* hablar a = speak to.

* hablar a calzón quitado = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* hablar a favor de = speak up for.

* hablar alto = be loud.

* hablar al unísono = speak with + one voice.

* hablar antes de tiempo = speak too soon.

* hablar bajo = speak + low.

* hablar ceceando = lisp.

* hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* hablar como una cotorra = talk + Posesivo + socks off.

* hablar con = check with, speak with, talk with, speak to.

* hablar con diplomacia = say + the right thing.

* hablar con entusiasmo = gush about.

* hablar con la boca llena = speak with + Posesivo + mouth full, talk with + Posesivo + mouth full.

* hablar con la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.

* hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.

* hablar con ritmo y rima = rap about.

* hablar de = be on about, talk about, tell of.

* hablar de boquilla = pay + lip service.

* hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.

* hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.

* hablar del trabajo = talk + shop.

* hablar despectivamente = speak + disparagingly.

* hablar efusivamente = gush about.

* hablar emotivamente y con efusividad = gush about.

* hablar en contra de = speak against.

* hablar en falso = speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue.

* hablar en favor de = put + a word in for.

* hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.

* hablar en plata = put + it crudely.

* hablar en público = public speaking, speak in + public.

* hablar entre dientes = mumble, mutter.

* hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.

* hablar en voz alta = talk in + a loud voice.

* hablar en voz baja = whisper, speak + low.

* hablar explícitamente = speak out.

* hablar hasta por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off.

* hablar hasta reventar = talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.

* hablar incoherentmente = babble.

* hablar mal de = speak against, speak out against, speak + ill of, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, slate, diss.

* hablar maravillas de = praise.

* hablar más de la cuenta = shoot + Posesivo + mouth off.

* hablar muy bien de = rave about, rant and rave.

* hablar pestes = trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.

* hablar por hablar = waffle, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* hablar por la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.

* hablar por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off, talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.

* hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.

* hablarse = on speaking terms.

* hablarse bien de Algo o Alguien = be well spoken of.

* hablar sin decir nada = waffle.

* hablar sin parar = burble on.

* hablar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.

* hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.

* hablar sin ton ni son = talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.

* loro viejo no aprende a hablar = you can't teach an old dog new tricks, you can't teach an old dog new tricks.

* ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.

* ¡ni hablar! = no dice!.

* ¡ni hablar del caso! = no dice!.

* persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.

* que habla en voz baja = quietly spoken.

* saber de lo que Uno estar hablando = know + Posesivo + stuff.

* ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.

* volver a hablar innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].

* ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

* * *

hablar [A1 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ hablar (verbo intransitivo)

A articular palabras

B

1 expresarse

2 hablar + complemento

C

1 conversar

2 charlar

3 murmurar

4 en conversaciones telefónicas

D tratar, referirse a

E bajo coacción

F

1 dar un discurso

2 dirigirse a

G

1 anunciar un propósito

2 rumorear

H recordar

I tener relaciones

J México: por teléfono

■ hablar (verbo transitivo)

A hablar: idioma

B tratar, consultar

C decir

■ hablarse (verbo pronominal)

recíproco

vi

A (articular palabras) to speak

hablar en voz baja to speak o talk quietly, to speak o talk in a low voice

habla más alto speak up

habla más bajo don't speak so loudly, keep your voice down

habla con un deje andaluz she speaks with a slight Andalusian accent, she has a slight Andalusian accent

quítate la mano de la boca y habla claro take your hand away from your mouth and speak clearly

es muy pequeño, todavía no sabe hablar he's still a baby, he hasn't started to talk yet o he isn't talking yet

no hables con la boca llena don't talk with your mouth full

hablar por la nariz to have a nasal voice, to talk through one's nose

es una réplica perfecta, sólo le falta hablar it's a perfect likeness, you almost expect it to start talking

B

1 (expresarse) to speak

déjalo hablar a él ahora let him speak now, let him have his say now ( colloq)

no hables hasta que no se te pregunte don't speak until you're spoken to

habla claro ¿cuánto quieres? tell me straight, how much do you want? ( colloq)

ha hablado la voz de la experiencia there speaks the voice of experience, he speaks from experience

las cifras hablan por sí solas the figures speak for themselves

no sabe de qué va el tema, el caso es hablar he doesn't know what it's all about but he just has to have his say

en fin, mejor no hablar anyway, I'd better keep my mouth shut

¡así se habla! that's what I like to hear!

hablo en mi nombre y en el de mis compañeros I speak for myself and for my colleagues

tú no hables or no hace falta que hables ( fam); you're a fine one to talk! ( colloq), you've got no room to talk! ( colloq), you can talk! ( colloq)

mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar ( fam); look o hark who's talking ( colloq)

hablar por hablar: no sabe nada del tema, habla por hablar he doesn't know anything about the subject, he just likes the sound of his own voice o he just talks for the sake of it

hacer hablar a algn: ve a hacerte la cama y no me hagas hablar go and make your bed, and don't let me have to tell you twice o tell you again

quien mucho habla mucho yerra the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make

2 (+ complemento) to speak

¿en qué idioma hablan en casa? what language do you speak at home?

hablar por señas to use sign language

no sabe hablar en público she's no good at speaking in public

aunque no coincido con sus ideas, reconozco que habla muy bien even though I do not share his views, I accept that he is a very good speaker

(el) hablar bien no cuesta dinero being polite never hurt anybody

cristiano² (↑ cristiano (2)), plata, etc

C

1 (conversar) to talk

está hablando con el vecino de arriba he's talking o speaking to the man from upstairs

se pasaron toda la noche hablando they spent the whole night talking o ( colloq) chatting

estaba hablando conmigo mismo I was talking to myself

lo conozco de vista, pero nunca he hablado con él I know him by sight, but I've never actually spoken to him

tú y yo tenemos que hablar you and I must have a talk, you and I have to talk

¿podemos hablar a solas un momento? can I have a word with you in private?, can I talk to you alone for a moment?

no te vayas, tengo que hablarte or tengo que hablar contigo don't go, I need to speak to you o have a word with you

para hablar con el director hay que solicitar entrevista you have to get an appointment if you want to speak to o see the director

habla tú con él, quizás a ti te escuche you talk to him, maybe he'll listen to you

es como si estuviera hablando con las paredes it's like talking to a brick wall

hablar por teléfono/por el celular ( AmL) or el móvil ( Esp) to talk on the phone/cell phone ( AmE) o mobile ( BrE)

hablando se entiende la gente ( fr hecha); if you/they talk it over you'll/they'll sort it out

ni hablar: pretende que cargue con su trabajo y de eso ni hablar he wants me to do his work but there's no way that I'm going to

¿estarías dispuesto a hacerlo? — ¡ni hablar! would you be willing to do it? — no way o not likely o no chance! ( colloq)

2 (charlar) to talk

nos castigaron por hablar en clase we were punished for talking in class

se pasó el día habla que te habla she talked nonstop the whole day ( colloq)

3 (murmurar) to talk

no hagas caso, a la gente le gusta mucho hablar don't take any notice, people just like to talk o gossip

dar que hablar: si sigues actuando de esa manera, vas a dar que hablar if you carry on like that, people will start talking o tongues will start to wag

4

(en conversaciones telefónicas): ¿quién habla? who's speaking o calling?

¿con quién hablo? who am I speaking with ( AmE) o ( BrE) speaking to?

D (tratar, referirse a) hablar DE algo/algn to talk ABOUT sth/sb

¿de qué están hablando? what are you talking about?

hay muchas cosas de las que no puedo hablar con ella there are a lot of things I can't talk to her about

tú y yo no tenemos nada de que hablar you and I have nothing to say to each other o nothing to discuss

se pasaron toda la tarde hablando de negocios they spent the whole evening talking (about) o discussing business

precisamente hablábamos de ti we were just talking about you

estaban hablando de él a sus espaldas they were talking about him behind his back

siempre está hablando mal de su suegra he never has anything good o a good word to say about his mother-in-law

lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) let's say 10,000 and be done with it

el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión going by train is expensive, and as for flying …

en su libro habla de un tiempo futuro en el que … in his book he writes about o speaks of a time in the future when …

hablar SOBREor ACERCA de algo to talk ABOUT sth

ya hablaremos sobre ese tema en el momento oportuno we'll talk about that when the time comes

hablar DE algo/algn to talk ABOUT sth/sb

tengo que hablarte de algo importante there's something important I have to talk to you about

háblame de tus planes para el futuro tell me about your plans for the future

no sé de qué me estás hablando I don't know what you're talking about

me han hablado mucho de ese restaurante I've heard a lot about that restaurant

me han hablado muy bien de él people speak very highly of him, I've heard a lot of nice o good things about him

Laura me ha hablado mucho de ti Laura's told me a lot about you

hablemos de usted let's talk about you

le he hablado al director de tu caso I've mentioned your case to the director, I've spoken to the director about your case

E (bajo coacción) to talk

no lograron hacerlo hablar they couldn't get him to talk

F

1 (dar un discurso) to speak

esta noche hablará por la radio he will speak on the radio tonight

el rey habló a la nación the king spoke to o addressed the nation

2 (dirigirse a) to speak

haz el favor de no hablarme en ese tono please don't talk o speak to me in that tone of voice, please don't use that tone of voice with me

¿qué manera es ésa de hablarle a tu madre? that's no way to speak to your mother!

no le hables de tú don't use the `tu' form with o to him

díselo tú porque a mí no me habla you tell him because he isn't talking o speaking to me

lleva una semana sin hablarme he hasn't spoken to me for a week

G

1 (anunciar un propósito) hablar DE + INF to talk OF -ING, talk ABOUT -ING

se está hablando de construir una carretera nueva they're talking of o about building a new road, there's talk of a new road being built

mucho hablar de ahorrar y va y se compra esto all this talk of saving and he goes and buys this!

2 (rumorear) hablar DE algo:

se habla ya de miles de víctimas there is already talk of thousands of casualties

se habla de que va a renunciar it is said o rumored that she's going to resign, they say o people say that she's going to resign

H ( liter) (recordar) hablar DE algo:

unos monumentos que hablan de la grandeza de aquella época monuments which tell of o reflect the grandeur of that era

I ( ant) (tener relaciones) to court ( dated)

J ( México) (por teléfono) to call, phone, ring ( BrE)

te habló Laura Laura called o phoned o ( BrE) rang

■ hablar

vt

A ‹idioma› to speak

habla el idioma con mucha soltura he speaks the language fluently

[ S ] se habla español Spanish spoken

B (tratar, consultar) to talk about, discuss

háblalo con tu padre speak o talk to your father about it

eso ya lo hablaremos más adelante we'll talk about that o discuss that later

esto vamos a tener que hablarlo con más tiempo we're going to have to talk about o discuss this when we have more time

ya está todo resuelto, no hay (nada) más que hablar it's all settled, there's nothing more to discuss o say

C ( fam)

(decir): no hables disparates or tonterías don't talk nonsense, don't talk garbage ( AmE colloq), don't talk rubbish ( BrE colloq)

no habló ni una palabra en toda la reunión he didn't say a word throughout the whole meeting

■ hablarse

v pron

( recíproco):

llevan meses sin hablarse they haven't spoken to each other for months

¿piensas seguir toda la vida sin hablarte con ella? are you never going to speak to her again?, aren't you ever going to talk to her again?

* * *

hablar ( conjugate hablar) verbo intransitivo
1
a) ( articular palabras) to speak;

◊ habla más alto speak up;

habla más bajo keep your voice down
b) ( expresarse) to speak;

◊ hablar claro ( claramente) to speak clearly;

( francamente) to speak frankly;
◊ hablar por señas to use sign language;

un político que habla muy bien a politician who is a very good speaker;
hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of it
2
a) ( conversar) to talk;

◊ habla mucho he talks a lot;

tenemos que hablar we must (have a) talk;
hablar con algn to speak o talk to sb;
tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo I need to speak to you o have a word with you;
está hablando por teléfono he's on the phone;
¡ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq)
b) ( bajo coacción) to talk

c) ( murmurar) to talk, gossip;

◊ dar que hablar to start people talking

d) ( rumorear):

◊ se habla ya de miles de víctimas there is already talk of thousands of casualties;

se habla de que va a renunciar it is said o rumored that she's going to resign
e) ( al teléfono):

◊ ¿con quién hablo? who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

3
a) (tratar, referirse a) hablar de algo/algn to talk about sth/sb;

◊ hablar de negocios to talk (about) o discuss business;

siempre habla mal de ella he never has a good word to say about her;
hablan muy bien de él people speak very highly of him;
me ha hablado mucho de ti she's told me a lot about you;
en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión going by train is expensive, and as for flying …;
háblame de tus planes tell me about your plans;
hablar sobre or acerca de algo to talk about sth
b) ( dirigirse a) to speak;

◊ no me hables así don't speak to me like that;

háblale de tú use the `tú' form with him
c) ( anunciar propósito) hablar de hacer algo to talk of doing sth;

◊ habla de jubilarse he's talking of retiring

4 (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
verbo transitivo
1 ‹ idioma› to speak
2 ( tratar):
◊ tenemos que hablar las cosas we must talk things over;

ya lo hablaremos más adelante we'll talk about o discuss that later
hablarse verbo pronominal:
◊ llevan meses sin hablarse they haven't spoken to each other for months;

no se habla con ella he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her
hablar
I verbo intransitivo
1 to speak, talk: estaba hablando con Jorge, I was speaking to Jorge
habla muy mal de su marido, she speaks badly of her husband
2 (charlar) to talk, chat: le encanta hablar por teléfono, he loves chatting on the phone
3 (tratar, versar) to talk about: este artículo habla de los extraterrestres, this article deals with aliens
4 (referirse) no hablaba de ella, I wasn't talking about her
habla de él como si de un dios se tratara, you would have thought she was talking about a god from the way she spoke about him
II verbo transitivo
1 (una lengua) to speak: habla francés, he speaks French
2 (discutir, tratar) to talk over, discuss: háblalo con tu madre, talk it over with your mother
no tengo nada que hablar contigo, I've nothing to say to you
3 (decir) habla maravillas de su nuevo coche, he's raving on about his new car
♦ Locuciones: hablar en broma, to be joking
familiar ¡mira tú quién fue a hablar!, look who's talking!
ni hablar, certainly not

' hablar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abominar
- acento
- alquilar
- alta
- alto
- ancha
- ancho
- balbucear
- broma
- caldo
- callar
- carrete
- cascar
- cerrada
- cerrado
- cerrarse
- chistar
- clara
- claro
- codo
- como
- contigo
- correr
- costar
- dar
- dejar
- deshora
- despepitarse
- dialéctica
- embalarse
- en
- enrollarse
- extenderse
- fanfarronear
- gachó
- gangosa
- gangoso
- habla
- hablarse
- impertinencia
- imprudencia
- íntima
- íntimo
- maravilla
- murmurar
- ni
- palabra
- parar
- peluquín
- permitir
English:
about
- abruptly
- admire
- afraid
- age
- alone
- approachable
- babble
- bitterly
- blunt
- bone
- break off
- breath
- breathe
- captivate
- confidence
- crack
- croak
- curt
- delegation
- directly
- discuss
- do
- dog
- drawl
- drone
- easy
- evenly
- fear
- female
- fluent
- go on
- gush
- harp on
- hear of
- hot air
- jabber
- jaw
- likely
- male-dominated
- mimic
- mouth
- mutter
- nasally
- need
- nelly
- nice
- nonstop
- oneself
- pipe up

* * *

hablar

♦ vi

1. [emitir palabras] to speak;

hablar en voz alta/baja to speak loudly/softly;

el bebé ya habla the baby is talking already

2. [expresarse, comunicarse] to speak;

hablar claro to speak clearly;

hablar en español/inglés to speak in Spanish/English;

hablar por señas to use sign language;

dejar hablar a alguien to let sb speak;

déjame hablar a mí [como representante] let me do the talking;
[en discusión] let me get a word in;
hacer hablar a alguien [a tímido] to get sb talking;
[en interrogatorio] to get sb to talk;
hablar solo to talk to oneself;

estos detalles hablan mucho del tipo de persona que es these small points say a lot about the sort of person she is;

sus actos hablan por sí solos his actions speak for themselves;

¡así se habla! hear, hear!;

¡qué bien habla este político! this politician's a really good speaker;

hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of talking;

Comp

¡mira quién habla o [m5] quién fue a hablar! look who's talking!

3. [conversar] to talk ( con o Am a to), to speak ( con o Am a to);
estaba hablando en broma I was only joking;

¿podemos hablar un momento? could I have a word with you?;

estuvimos toda la noche hablando we talked all night, we spent all night talking;

no debes hablar en clase you mustn't talk in class;

necesito hablar contigo I need to talk o speak to you, we need to talk;

hablé con ella ayer por la noche I spoke to her last night;

¿has hablado con él alguna vez? have you ever talked o spoken to him?;

hablé con él por teléfono I spoke to him on the phone;

está hablando por teléfono he's on the phone;

¡(de eso) ni hablar! no way!;

Comp

hablando se entiende la gente it's good to talk

4. [tratar]
hablar de algo/alguien to talk o speak about sth/sb;

hablar sobre o [m5] acerca de algo to talk o speak about sth;

hablar bien/mal de to speak well/badly of;

háblame de ti tell me about yourself;

me han hablado muy bien de este restaurante I've heard a lot of good things about this restaurant, I've heard people speak very highly of this restaurant;

mi hermano me ha hablado mucho de ti my brother's told me a lot about you;

es mejor no hablar del tema it would be best if we didn't mention the subject;

tenemos muy buenos tenistas, y no hablemos de futbolistas… we have very good tennis players, and as for footballers…

5. [murmurar] to talk;

hablar mal de alguien to criticize sb, to run sb down;

siempre va hablando de los demás she's always going around saying things about o talking about other people;

dar que hablar to make people talk

6. [pronunciar un discurso] to speak;

el presidente habló a las masas the president spoke to o addressed the masses

7. [confesar] to talk;

lo torturaron y al final habló they tortured him and in the end he talked

8. [dar un tratamiento]
me puedes hablar de tú you can address me as “tú”;

¡a mí no me hables así! don't you speak to me like that!

♦ vt

1. [idioma] to speak;

habla danés y sueco she can speak o she speaks Danish and Swedish;

habla muy bien el portugués he speaks very good Portuguese

2. [asunto] to discuss ( con with);
es mejor que lo hables con el jefe it would be better if you talked to the boss about it;

vamos a ir, y no hay nada más que hablar we're going, and that's that

♦ See also the pronominal verb hablarse

* * *

hablar

v/i

1 speak;

hablar alto/bajo speak loudly/softly;

hablar claro fig say what one means;

hablar por sí solo fig speak for o.s.

2 ( conversar) talk;

hablar con alguien talk to s.o., talk with s.o.

3

:

hablar de de libro etc be about, deal with

4

:

¡ni hablar! no way!;

hablar por hablar talk for the sake of it;

¡mira quién habla! look who’s talking!;

no me hagas hablar más I don’t want to have to say this again!;

no se hable más (del asunto) I don’t want to hear anything more about it;

por no hablar de … not to mention …

* * *

hablar vi

1) : to speak, to talk

hablar en broma: to be joking

2)

hablar de : to mention, to talk about

3)

dar que hablar : to make people talk

hablar vt

1) : to speak (a language)

2) : to talk about, to discuss

háblalo con tu jefe: discuss it with your boss

♦ See also the reflexive verb hablarse

* * *

hablar vb

1. (idiomas, por teléfono, dar un discurso) to speak [pt. spoke; pp. spoken]

¿hablas inglés? do you speak English?

¿puedo hablar con Javi? can I speak to Javi?

el ministro habló durante media hora the minister spoke for half an hour

2. (conversar) to talk

le gusta hablar con sus amigos he likes talking to his friends

hablamos del examen we talked about the exam

hablar por los codos to speak nineteen to the dozen

¡ni hablar! no way!

no hablarse con alguien not to be speaking to somebody

no se hablan they're not speaking to each other

Spanish-English dictionary > hablar
45 HVÍTR

a. white (hvítt silfr); h. á hár, white-haired.

* * *

adj. [Ulf. hweits = λευκός; A. S. hwít; Engl. white; Hel. huît; O. H. G. hwîz; Germ. weiss; Swed. hvit; Dan. hvid]:—white; hvít skinn, white fur, 4. 24; h. motr, a white cap, Ld. 188; h. skjöldr, a white shield, Fms. x. 347; hit hvíta feldarins, Fbr. 148; hvítt blóm, white blossom, 4. 24; hvítt hold, white flesh (skin), id.; hvít hönd, a white band, Hallfred; h. háls, a white neck, of a lady, Rm.; h. hestr, a white horse, Fms. ix. 527; hvítr á har, white-haired, vi. 130; h. maðr ( fair of hue) ok vænn í andliti, x. 420; hvítan mann ok huglausan, Ld. 232; hvít mörk, white money, of pure silver, opp. to grátt ( grey) silver, B. K. 95; hvítr matr, white meat, i. e. milk, curds, and the like, opp. to flesh, in the eccl. law, K. Þ. K. 126; hvítr dögurðr, a white day meal, Sighvat; hvíta-matr, id, K. Þ. K. 102; mjall-hvítr, fann-h., snjó-h., drift-h., white as driven snow; al-h., white allover.

B. Eccl. use of the word white:

I. at the introduction of Christianity, neophytes in the week after their baptism used to wear white garments, called hvíta-váðir, f. pl. white weeds, as a symbol of baptism cleansing from sin and being a new birth; a neophyte was called hvít-váðungr, m. a ‘ white-weedling,’ one dressed in white weeds, Niðrst. 111: the Sagas contain many touching episodes of neophytes, esp. such as were baptized in old age, and died whilst in the white weeds; þat er sögn flestra manna at Kjartan hafi þann dag görzt handgenginn Ólafi konungi er hann var færðr ór hvíta-váðum ok þeir Bolli báðir, Ld. ch. 40; síðan hafði konungr þá í boði sínu ok veitti þeim ena virðuligustu veizlu meðan þeir vóru í hvítaváðum, ok lét kenna þeim heilög fræði, Fms. i. 230; Glúmr (Víga-Glúm) var biskupaðr í banasótt af Kol biskupi ok andaðisk í hvítaváðum, Glúm. 397; Bárðr tók sótt litlu síðar enn hann var skírðr ok andaðisk í hvítaváðum, Fms. ii. 153; Ólafr á Haukagili var skírðr ok andaðisk í hvítaváðum, Fs. (Vd.) 77; var Tóki síðan skírðr af hirðbiskupi Ólafs konungs, ok andaðisk í hvítaváðum, Fb. ii. 138; síðan andaðisk Gestr í hvítaváðum, Bárð. (sub fin.) Sweden, but above all Gothland, remained in great part heathen throughout the whole of the 11th century, after the neighbouring countries Denmark and Norway had become Christian, and so we find in Sweden Runic stones referring to Swedes who had died in the white weeds, some abroad and some at home; sem varð dauðr íhvítaváðum í Danmörku, Baut. 435; hann varð dauðr í Danmörku í hvítaváðum, 610; þeir dó í hvítaváðum, 68; sem dó í hvítaváðum, 271; hann varð dauðr í hvítaváðum, 223, 497. Churches when consecrated used to be dressed out with white; var Kjartan at Borg grafinn, þá var kirkja nyvígð ok í hvítaváðum, Ld. 230.

II. the white garments gave rise to new words and phrases amongst the first generation of northern Christians:

1. Hvíta-Kristr, m. ‘ White-Christ,’ was the favourite name of Christ; hafa láti mik heitan Hvíta-Kristr at viti eld, ef…, Sighvat; another poet (Edda 91) uses the word; and in prose, dugi þú mér, Hvíta-Kristr, help thou me, White-Christ! Fs. 101; ok þeir er þann sið hafa taka nafn af þeim Guði er þeir trúa á, ok kallaðr er Hvíta-Kristr ok því heita þeir Kristnir, mér er ok sagt at H. sé svá miskunsamr, at …, Fms. i. 295; en ef ek skal á guð nacquat trúa, hvat er mér þá verra at ek trúa á Hvíta-Krist en á annat guð? Ó. H. 204; Arnljótr svarar, heyrt hefi ek getið Hvíta-Krists, en ekki er mér kunnigt um athöfn hans eða hvar hann ræðr fyrir, 211; en þó trúi ek á Hvíta-Krist, Fb. ii. 137.

2. the great festivals, Yule (see Ld. ch. 40), Easter and Pentecost, but especially the two latter, were the great seasons for christening; in the Roman Catholic church especially Easter, whence in Roman usage the first Sunday after Easter was called Dominica in Albis; but in the northern churches, perhaps owing to the cold weather at Easter time, Pentecost, as the birthday of the church, seems to have been specially appointed for christening and for ordination, see Hungrv. ch. 2, Thom. 318; hence the following week was termed the Holy Week (Helga Vika). Hence; Pentecost derived its name from the white garments, and was called Hvíta-dagar, the White days, i. e. Whitsun-week; frá Páskadegi inum fýrsta skulu vera vikur sjau til Drottins-dags í Hvítadögum; Drottinsdag í Hvítadögum skulu vér halda sem hinn fyrsta Páskadag, K. Þ. K. 102; þváttdag fyrir Hvítadaga = Saturday next before Whitsunday, 126, 128; Páskadag inn fyrsta ok Uppstigningar-dag ok Drottinsdag í Hvítadögum, 112; þá Imbrudaga er um Hvítadaga verða, 120; vóru afteknir tveir dagar í Hvítadögum, Bs. i. 420; um várit á Hvítadögum, Orkn. 438: Hvítadaga-vika, u, f. White-day week = Whitsun-week, K. Þ. K. 126: in sing., þeir kómu at Hvítadegi (= Whitsunday) til Björgynjar, Fms. x. 63, v. 1.: Hvítadaga-helgi, f. the White-day feast, Whitsuntide, Fms. viii. 373, xi. 339, Sturl. iii. 206: Hvítadaga-hríð, a snow storm during the White days, Ann. 1330: Hvít-Drottins-dagr, m. the White Lord’s day, i. e. Whitsunday, the northern Dominica in Albis, Rb. 484, Fms. vii. 156, Bs. i. 62, where it refers to the 20th of May, 1056, on which day Isleif the first bishop of Iceland was consecrated. The name that at last prevailed was Hvíta-sunna, u, f. Whitsun, i. e. White-sun, D. N. ii. 263, 403: Hvítasunni-dagr, m. Whitsuday, Fb. ii. 546, Fms. viii. 63, v. l.: Hvítasunnudags-vika, u, f. Whitsun-week, Fb. ii. 546; Páskaviku, ok Hvítasunnudagsviku, ok þrjár vikur fyrir Jónsvöku, ok svá fyrir Michials-messu, N. G. L. i. 150; hvítasunnudagshátíð, Thom. 318. As the English was the mother-church of that of Norway and Iceland, the Icelandic eccl. phrases are derived from the English language. See Bingham’s Origg. s. vv. White Garments, and Dominica in Albis, where however no reference is given to Icel. writers. In modern Denmark and Norway the old name has been displaced by Pindse, i. e. Pfingsten, derived from the Greek word, whereas in Icel., as in Engl., only the name Hvítasunna is known, ☞ In Denmark the people make a practice of thronging to the woods on Whitsun morning to see the rising of the sun, and returning with green branches in their hands, the trees being just in bud at that season.

C. COMPDS: hvítabjörn, hvítadagar, hvítagnípa, hvítalogn, hvítamatr, Hvítasunna, hvítaváðir, hvítavalr, hvítarmr, hvítbránn, hvítbrúnn, hvítdreki, Hvítdrottinsdagr, hvítfaldaðr, hvítfjaðraðr, hvítflekkóttr, hvítfyrsa, hvítfyssi, hvíthaddaðr, hvíthárr, hvítjarpr, hvítklæddr, hvítmelingar, hvítröndóttr, hvítskeggjaðr, hvítskinn, hvítváðungr.

II. as pr. names, Hvítr, Engl. White, Dan. Hvid, Landn.; esp. as a surname, Hvíti, the White, Óláfr Hvíti, Þorsteinn Hvíti, Landn.: Hvít-beinn, m. White-hone, a nickname, Landn.; as also Hvíta-skáld, Hvíta-ský, Hvíta-leðr, Hvíta-kollr, Landn.: in local names, Hvíta-býr, Whitby; Hvíta-nes, Hvíta-dalr, Landn.; Hvít-á, the White-water, a name of several Icel. rivers flowing from glaciers, Hvítár-vellir, Hvítár-síða, Landn.; Hvítramanna-land, White-men’s-land, old name of the southern part of the present United States, Landn.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HVÍTR
46 JÖKULL

(gen. -s, dat. jókli; pl. jöklar), m.

1) icicle (hann gekk inn í sal, glumdu jöklar);

2) ice (vatnit snýst í jökul);

3) glacier.

* * *

m., dat. jökli, pl. jöklar, prop. a dimin. from jaki, q. v.; [A. S. gicel, i. e. îs-gicel, whence Engl. icicle; Low Germ. jokel]:—an icicle; gékk inn í sal, glumdu jöklar, var karls er kom kinnskógr frörinn, Hým. 10, of the icicles in the giant’s beard; síðan tóku þeir jöklana ok bræddu, Fms. ix. 155: so also in poët. phrases, where silver is called jökull handar or mund-jökull, the icicle of the hand, Hallfred, Lex. Poët.: as also böðvar-j., the war-icicle = the sword, or sár-j., the wound-icicle, see Lex. Poët.

II. a metaph. sense, ice, gener.; vatnið snýsk í jökul, Sks. 196; settu þeir þat upp með öllum sjánum sem í var ok jöklinum, en þat var mjök sýlt, i. e. they launched the ship with all the ice in it, Grett. 125: snjór ok jökull, Sks. jökla-gangr, m. an ice-drift, Grett. 132 new Ed.

2. in specific Icel. sense, a glacier; this sense the Icelanders probably derived from the Norse county Hardanger, which is the only county of Norway in which Jökul appears as a local name, see Munch’s Norg. Beskr.; in Icel. it is used all over the country both as an appellative and in local names, whereas the primitive sense ( icicle) is quite lost, Fs., Fb., Eg. 133, Nj. 208, passim.

3. in local names, Ball-jökull, Eyjafjalla-j., Snæfells-j., Vatna-j., Mýrdals-j., Öræfa-j., Dranga-j., Langi-j., Eireks-j., etc., see the map of Icel.; the glaciers of the Icel. colony in Greenland are also called jökuls: of rivers, Jökuls-á, f. Ice-water; Jökuls-dalr, m. Ice-water-dale; Jökla-menn, m. pl. the men from the county Jökul (i. e. Snæfells-jökull), Sturl. ii. 158; Jöklamanna-búð and goðorð, see búð and goðorð.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > JÖKULL
47 καί

καί conjunction (Hom.+), found most frequently by far of all Gk. particles in the NT; since it is not only used much more commonly here than in other Gk. lit. but oft. in a different sense, or rather in different circumstances, it contributes greatly to some of the distinctive coloring of the NT style.—HMcArthur, ΚΑΙ Frequency in Greek Letters, NTS 15, ’68/69, 339–49. The vivacious versatility of κ. (for earlier Gk. s. Denniston 289–327) can easily be depressed by the tr. ‘and’, whose repetition in a brief area of text lacks the support of arresting aspects of Gk. syntax.

① marker of connections, and

ⓐ single words

α. gener. Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας Mt 13:55. χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν 2:11. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή Ro 7:12. πολυμερῶς κ. πολυτρόπως Hb 1:1. ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ God, who is also the Father 1 Cor 15:24; cp. 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; Js 1:27; 3:9 al.—Connects two occurrences of the same word for emphasis (OGI 90, 19 [196 B.C.] Ἑρμῆς ὁ μέγας κ. μέγας; pap in Mayser II/1, 54) μείζων κ. μείζων greater and greater Hv 4, 1, 6. ἔτι κ. ἔτι again and again B 21:4; Hs 2, 6 (B-D-F §493, 1; 2; s. Rob. 1200).

β. w. numerals, w. the larger number first δέκα καὶ ὁκτώ Lk 13:16. τεσσεράκοντα κ. ἕξ J 2:20. τετρακόσιοι κ. πεντήκοντα Ac 13:20.—The καί in 2 Cor 13:1 ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα=‘or’ ([v.l. ἢ τριῶν for καὶ τριῶν as it reads Mt 18:16]; cp. Js 4:13 v.l. σήμερον καὶ αὔριον=‘today or tomorrow’, but s. above all Thu. 1, 82, 2; Pla., Phd. 63e; X., De Re Equ. 4, 4 ἁμάξας τέτταρας καὶ πέντε; Heraclides, Pol. 58 τρεῖς καὶ τέσσαρας; Polyb. 3, 51, 12 ἐπὶ δυεῖν καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις; 5, 90, 6; Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 28 εἷς καὶ δύο=one or two; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1091 p. 305, 22 W. τριέτης καὶ τετραέτης) by the statement of two or three witnesses every charge must be sustained, as explained by Dt 19:15.

γ. adding the whole to the part and in general (Aristoph., Nub. 1239 τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς θεούς; Thu. 1, 116, 3; 7, 65, 1) Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Peter and the rest of the apostles Ac 5:29. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς κ. τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον the high priest and all the rest of the council Mt 26:59. Vice versa, adding a (specially important) part to the whole and especially (πᾶς Ἰουδὰ καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ 2 Ch 35:24; cp. 32, 33; 1 Macc 2:6) τοῖς μαθηταῖς κ. τῷ Πέτρῳ Mk 16:7. σὺν γυναιξὶ κ. Μαριάμ Ac 1:14.

δ. The expr. connected by καί can be united in the form of a hendiadys (Alcaeus 117, 9f D.² χρόνος καὶ καρπός=time of fruit; Soph., Aj. 144; 749; Polyb. 6, 9, 4; 6, 57, 5 ὑπεροχὴ καὶ δυναστεία=1, 2, 7; 5, 45, 1 ὑπεροχὴ τῆς δυναστείας; Diod S 5, 67, 3 πρὸς ἀνανέωσιν καὶ μνήμην=renewal of remembrance; 15, 63, 2 ἀνάγκη καὶ τύχη=compulsion of fate; 16, 93, 2 ἐπιβουλὴ κ. θάνατος=a fatal plot; Jos., Ant. 12, 98 μετὰ χαρᾶς κ. βοῆς=w. a joyful cry; 17, 82 ἀκρίβεια κ. φυλακή) ἐξίσταντο ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ they were amazed at his intelligent answers Lk 2:47. δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα κ. σοφίαν I will give you wise utterance 21:15. τροφὴ κ. εὐφροσύνη joy concerning (your) food Ac 14:17. ἐλπὶς κ. ἀνάστασις hope of a resurrection 23:6 (2 Macc 3:29 ἐλπὶς καὶ σωτηρία; s. OLagercrantz, ZNW 31, ’32, 86f; GBjörck, ConNeot 4, ’40, 1–4).

ε. A colloquial feature is the coordination of two verbs, one of which should be a ptc. (s. B-D-F §471; Rob. 1135f) ἀποτολμᾷ κ. λέγει = ἀποτολμῶν λέγει he is so bold as to say Ro 10:20. ἔσκαψεν κ. ἐβάθυνεν (=βαθύνας) Lk 6:48. ἐκρύβη κ. ἐξῆλθεν (=ἐξελθών) J 8:59. Sim. χαίρων κ. βλέπων I am glad to see Col 2:5. Linking of subordinate clause and ptc. Μαριὰμ ὡς ἦλθεν … καὶ ἰδοῦσα J 11:32 v.l. Cp. παραλαβών … καὶ ἀνέβη Lk 9:28 v.l.

ⓑ clauses and sentences

α. gener.: ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει κ. τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). εἰσῆλθον … κ. ἐδίδασκον Ac 5:21. διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ κ. συνάξει τὸν σῖτον Mt 3:12. κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία Ro 4:14 and very oft. Connecting two questions Mt 21:23, or quotations (e.g. Ac 1:20), and dialogue (Lk 21:8), or alternate possibilities (13:18).

β. Another common feature is the practice, drawn fr. Hebrew or fr. the speech of everyday life, of using κ. as a connective where more discriminating usage would call for other particles: καὶ εἶδον καὶ (for ὅτι) σεισμὸς ἐγένετο Rv 6:12. καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς … καὶ (for ὅτι) ἔλεγον and the king learned that they were saying Mk 6:14 (s. HLjungvik, ZNW 33, ’34, 90–92; on this JBlinzler, Philol. 96, ’43/44, 119–31). τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (for οὗ τὸ ὄνομα καλ.) Mt 1:21; cp. Lk 6:6; 11:44. καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι καὶ ποιήσωμεν σκηνάς Mk 9:5. Esp. freq. is the formula in historical narrative καὶ ἐγένετο … καὶ (like וַ … וַיְהִי) and it happened or came about … that Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15; Lk 5:1 v.l. (for ἐγένετο δὲ … καὶ; so also the text of 6:12), 12, 17; 14:1; 17:11 al. (Gen 7:10 al.; JosAs 11:1; 22:1). S. MJohannessohn, Das bibl. Καὶ ἐγένετο u. seine Geschichte, 1926 (fr. ZVS 35, 1925, 161–212); KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 29–62; Mlt-Turner 334f; ÉDelebecque, Études Grecques sur L’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65; JVoelz, The Language of the NT: ANRW II/25/2, 893–977, esp. 959–64.—As in popular speech, κ. is used in rapid succession Mt 14:9ff; Mk 1:12ff; Lk 18:32ff; J 2:13ff; 1 Cor 12:5f; Rv 6:12ff; 9:1ff. On this kind of colloquial speech, which joins independent clauses rather than subordinating one to the other (parataxis rather than hypotaxis) s. B-D-F §458; Rdm.² p. 222; Rob. 426; Dssm., LO 105ff (LAE 129ff), w. many references and parallels fr. secular sources. This is a favorite, e.g., in Polyaenus 2, 3, 2–4; 2, 4, 3; 3, 9, 10; 3, 10, 2; 4, 6, 1; 7, 36 al.

γ. It is also coordination rather than subordination when κ. connects an expr. of time with that which occurs in the time (Od. 5, 362; Hdt. 7, 217; Thu. 1, 50, 5; Pla., Symp. 220c; Aeschin. 3, 71 νὺξ ἐν μέσῳ καὶ παρῆμεν; s. B-D-F §442, 4; KBrugmann⁴-AThumb, Griechische Gramm. 1913, 640*): ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα κ. παραδίδοται the time has come when he is to be given up Mt 26:45. κ. ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν when they crucified him Mk 15:25. κ. ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα when he went up to Jerusalem J 2:13. κ. συντελέσω when I will make Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31); cp. J 4:35; 7:33; Lk 19:43; 23:44; Ac 5:7.

δ. καί introducing an apodosis is really due to Hebr./LXX infl. (B-D-F §442, 7; Abel §78a, 6 p. 341; Mlt-H. 422; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 66–72; but not offensive to ears trained in good Gk.: s. Il. 1, 478; Hdt. 1, 79, 2; sim.Thu. 2, 93, 4 ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐχώρουν εὐθύς; 8, 27, 5; Herm. Wr. 13, 1 …, καὶ ἔφης; Delebecque [s. above in β] 130–32) καὶ ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ …, κ. ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 3:20. Also κ. ἰδού in an apodosis Lk 7:12; Ac 1:10.

ε. connecting negative and affirmative clauses Lk 3:14. οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις κ. τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ you have no bucket, and the well is deep J 4:11; cp. 3J 10 (οὔτε … καί Eur., Iph. Taur. 591f; Longus, Past. 1, 17; 4, 28; Aelian, NA 1, 57; 11, 9; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 2, 4 οὔτε πάντα ἡ Λεσβία, Δωρί, πρὸς σὲ ἐψεύσατο καὶ σὺ τἀληθῆ ἀπήγγελκας Μυρτίῳ ‘It wasn’t all lies that Lesbia told you, Doris; and you certainly reported the truth to Myrtium’). After a negative clause, which influences the clause beginning w. καί: μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν … κ. στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς Mt 7:6; cp. 5:25; 10:38; 13:15 (Is 6:10); 27:64; Lk 12:58; 21:34; J 6:53; 12:40 (Is 6:10); Ac 28:27 (Is 6:10); 1 Th 3:5; Hb 12:15; Rv 16:15.

ζ. to introduce a result that comes fr. what precedes: and then, and so Mt 5:15; 23:32; Mk 8:34; 2 Cor 11:9; Hb 3:19; 1J 3:19. καὶ ἔχομεν and so we have 2 Pt 1:19. Esp. after the impv., or expr. of an imperatival nature (Soph., Oed. Col. 1410ff θέσθε … καὶ … οἴσει, El. 1207; Sir 2:6; 3:17) δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου καὶ ποιήσω and then I will make Mt 4:19. εἰπὲ λόγῳ, κ. ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου speak the word, and then my servant will be cured Mt 8:8; Lk 7:7; cp. Mt 7:7; Mk 6:22; Lk 10:28; J 14:16; Js 4:7, 10; Rv 4:1.—καί introduces a short clause that confirms the existence of someth. that ought to be: ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καὶ ἐσμέν that we should be called children of God; and so we really are (καλέω 1d) 1J 3:1 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 40 §161 they were to conquer Sardinia, καὶ κατέλαβον=and they really took it; 4, 127 §531 one day would decide [κρίνειν] the fate of Rome, καὶ ἐκρίθη).

η. emphasizing a fact as surprising or unexpected or noteworthy: and yet, and in spite of that, nevertheless (Eur., Herc. Fur. 509; Philostrat., Her. 11 [II 184, 29 Kayser] ῥητορικώτατον καὶ δεινόν; Longus, Past. 4, 17 βουκόλος ἦν Ἀγχίσης καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτὸν Ἀφροδίτη) κ. σὺ ἔρχῃ πρὸς μέ; and yet you come to me? Mt 3:14; cp. 6:26; 10:29; Mk 12:12; J 1:5, 10; 3:11, 32; 5:40; 6:70; 7:28; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:9; Hb 3:9 (Ps 94:9); Rv 3:1. So also, connecting what is unexpected or otherw. noteworthy with an attempt of some kind (JBlomqvist, Das sogennante και adversativum ’79): but ζητεῖ κ. οὐχ εὑρίσκει but he finds none (no resting place) Mt 12:43. ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν κ. οὐχ εἶδαν but did not see (it) 13:17; cp. 26:60; Lk 13:7; 1 Th 2:18. Cp. GJs 18:3 (not pap). Perhaps Mk 5:20. Introducing a contrasting response καὶ ἀποδώσεις μοι Hv 2, 1, 3.

θ. to introduce an abrupt question, which may often express wonder, ill-will, incredulity, etc. (B-D-F §442, 8. For older lit. exx. of this usage s. Kühner-G. II p. 247f; for later times EColwell, The Gk. of the Fourth Gospel ’31, 87f): κ. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο; how have I deserved this? Lk 1:43. κ. τίς; who then? Mk 10:26; Lk 10:29; J 9:36. καὶ τί γέγονεν ὅτι … ; how does it happen that … ? 14:22. καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις … ; how is it, then, that you say … J 14:9 v.l. W. a protasis εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, κ. τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με; for if I make you sad, who then will cheer me up? 2 Cor 2:2 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 43; 44 εἰ [ὁ θεὸς] ψεύδεται, καὶ τίς ἀληθεύει;). Thus Phil 1:22 is prob. to be punctuated as follows (s. ADebrunner, GGA 1926, 151): εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτο μοι καρπὸς ἔργου, καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι; οὐ γνωρίζω but if living on here means further productive work, then which shall I choose? I really don’t know. καὶ πῶς αὐτοῦ υἱός ἐστιν; how, then, is he his son? Lk 20:44 (cp. Gen 39:9).

ι. to introduce a parenthesis (Eur., Orest. 4, Hel. 393; X., Equ. 11, 2.—B-D-F §465, 1; Rob. 1182) κ. ἐκωλύθην ἄρχι τοῦ δεῦρο but so far I have been prevented Ro 1:13.

ⓒ oft. explicative; i.e., a word or clause is connected by means of καί w. another word or clause, for the purpose of explaining what goes before it and so, that is, namely (PPetr II, 18 [1], 9 πληγὰς … καὶ πλείους=blows … indeed many of them.—Kühner-G. II 247; B-D-F §442, 9; Rob. 1181; Mlt-Turner 335) χάριν κ. ἀποστολήν grace, that is, the office of an apostle Ro 1:5. ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα καὶ τὰ τ. δαιμονιζομένων they told everything, namely what had happened to those who were possessed Mt 8:33. καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος that is, grace upon grace J 1:16. Cp. 1 Cor 3:5; 15:38.—Mt 21:5.—Other explicative uses are καὶ οὗτος, καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ ταῦτα (the first and last are in earlier Gk.: Hdt., X. et al.; s. Kühner-G. I 647; II 247) and, also ascensive and indeed, and at that Ἰ. Χρ., καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον J. Chr., (and) indeed him on the cross 1 Cor 2:2. καὶ τοῦτο Ro 13:11; 1 Cor 6:6, 8; Eph 2:8. καὶ ταῦτα w. ptc. and to be sure Hb 11:12. See B-D-F §290, 5; 425, 1; 442, 9.—The ascensive force of καί is also plain in Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον a Roman citizen, and uncondemned at that Ac 22:25. ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν an hour is coming, indeed it is already here J 5:25. προσέθηκεν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν καὶ κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ added this on top of everything else, namely to put John in prison Lk 3:20.

ⓓ After πολύς and before a second adj. καί is pleonastic fr. the viewpoint of modern lang. (earlier Gk.: Hom. et al. [Kühner-G. II 252, 1]; cp. Cebes 1, 1 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα ἀναθήματα; 2, 3; B-D-F §442, 11) πολλὰ … κ. ἄλλα σημεῖα many other signs J 20:30 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 318). πολλὰ κ. βαρέα αἰτιώματα many severe charges Ac 25:7. πολλὰ … καὶ ἕτερα Lk 3:18 (cp. Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 6 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα). πολλοὶ καὶ ἀνυπότακτοι Tit 1:10.

ⓔ introducing someth. new, w. loose connection: Mt 4:23; 8:14, 23, 28; 9:1, 9, 27, 35; 10:1; 12:27; Mk 5:1, 21; Lk 8:26; J 1:19 and oft.

ⓕ καί … καί both … and, not only …, but also (Synes., Dreams 10 p. 141b καὶ ἀπιστεῖν ἔξεστι καὶ πιστεύειν.—B-D-F §444, 3; Rob. 1182; Mlt-Turner 335) connecting single expressions Mt 10:28; Mk 4:41; Ro 11:33; Phil 2:13; 4:12. κ. ἐν ὀλίγῳ κ. ἐν μεγάλῳ Ac 26:29. κ. ἅπαξ κ. δίς (s. ἅπαξ 1) Phil 4:16; 1 Th 2:18. Connecting whole clauses or sentences: Mk 9:13; J 7:28; 9:37; 12:28; 1 Cor 1:22. Introducing contrasts: although … yet (Anthol. VII, 676 Δοῦλος Ἐπίκτητος γενόμην καὶ σῶμʼ ἀνάπηρος καὶ πενίην ῏Ιρος καὶ φίλος ἀθανάτοις ‘I was Epictetus, a slave; crippled in body and an Iros [a beggar in Hom., Od.] in poverty, but dear to the Immortals’) J 15:24; Ac 23:3. καὶ … κ. οὐ Lk 5:36; J 6:36. καὶ οὐ … καί 17:25; κ. … κ. now … now Mk 9:22. On τὲ … καί s. τέ 2c. Somet. w. ἤ q.v. 1aβ.—HCadbury, Superfluous καί in the Lord’s Prayer (i.e. Mt 6:12) and Elsewhere: Munera Studiosa (=WHatch Festschr.) ’46.

② marker to indicate an additive relation that is not coordinate to connect clauses and sentences, also, likewise, funct. as an adv.

ⓐ simply κ. τὴν ἄλλην the other one also Mt 5:39; cp. vs. 40; 6:21; 12:45; Mk 1:38; 2:26; 8:7 and oft. Freq. used w. pronouns κἀγώ (q.v.). καὶ σύ Mt 26:73. κ. ὑμεῖς 20:4, 7; Lk 21:31; J 7:47 and oft. κ. αὐτός (s. αὐτός 1f).

ⓑ intensive: even Mt 5:46f; 10:30; Mk 1:27; Lk 10:17; J 14:9 v.l.; Ac 5:39; 22:28; Ro 9:24 (ἀλλὰ καί); 1 Cor 2:10; 2 Cor 1:8; Gal 2:17; Eph 5:12; Phlm 21; Hb 7:25; 1 Pt 4:19 (but s. d below); Jd 23; Hs 5, 2, 10; 7:1; ἔτι καὶ νῦν Dg 2:3. CBlackman, JBL 87, ’68, 203f would transl. Ro 3:26b: … even in the act of declaring righteous (cp. the gen. abs. Polemon Soph. B 14 Reader καὶ Δάτιδος ἀποπλέοντος=even though Datis was sailing away). In formulas expressing a wish: ὄφελον καί if only, would that Gal 5:12. In connection w. a comparative: κ. περισσότερον προφήτου one who is even more than a prophet Mt 11:9. κ. μείζονα ποιήσει J 14:12.

ⓒ In sentences denoting a contrast καί appears in var. ways, somet. in both members of the comparison, and oft. pleonastically, to our way of thinking καθάπερ …, οὕτως καί as …, thus also 2 Cor 8:11. ὥσπερ …, οὕτως καί (Hyperid. 1, 2, 5–8) Ro 5:19; 11:30f; 1 Cor 11:12; 15:22; Gal 4:29. ὡς …, οὕτως καί Ro 5:15, 18. ὸ̔ν τρόπον …, οὕτως καί 2 Ti 3:8.—οὕτως καί thus also Ro 6:11. ὡσαύτως καί in the same way also 1 Cor 11:25. ὁμοίως καί (Jos., Bell. 2, 575) J 6:11; Jd 8. ὡς καί Ac 11:17; 1 Cor 7:7; 9:5. καθὼς καί Ro 15:7; 1 Cor 13:12; 2 Cor 1:14; Eph 4:17. καθάπερ καί Ro 4:6; 2 Cor 1:14.—καί can also stand alone in the second member w. the mng. so also, so. ὡς … καί Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20. καθὼς … καί Lk 6:31 v.l.; J 6:57; 13:15; 1 Cor 15:49.—οἷος …, τοιοῦτος καί 1 Cor 15:48. After a comp. ὅσῳ καί by so much also Hb 8:6. καί is found in both members of the comparison (s. Kühner-G. II 256; 2 Macc 2:10; 6:14) Ro 1:13; 1 Th 2:14. καθὼς καὶ … οὕτως καί Col 3:13 (cp. Hyperid. 1, 40, 20–25 ὥσπερ καὶ … οὕτω καί; 3, 38).

ⓓ w. expressions that introduce cause or result, here also pleonastic to a considerable degree διὰ τοῦτο καί for this reason (also) Lk 11:49; J 12:18. διὸ καί Lk 1:35; Ac 10:29; Ro 4:22; Hb 13:12. εἰς τοῦτο καί 2 Cor 2:9. ὥστε καί 1 Pt 4:19 (but this pass. may well fit in b). ὅθεν καί Hb 7:25; 11:19.

ⓔ after an interrogative (as Thu., X., et al.; s. Kühner-G. II 255. S. also B-D-F §442, 14) at all, still ἱνατί καὶ τ. γῆν καταργεῖ; Lk 13:7. τί καί; (Hyperid. 3, 14 τί καὶ ἀδικεῖ; what kind of wrong, then, is he committing?) τί καὶ ἐλπίζει; why does he still (need to) hope? Ro 8:24. v.l. τί καὶ βαπτίζονται; why are they baptized (at all)? 1 Cor 15:29; cp. vs. 30.

ⓕ used w. a relative, it oft. gives greater independence to the foll. relative clause: Mk 3:14; Lk 10:30; J 11:2 v.l.; Ac 1:3, 11; 7:45; 10:39; 11:30; 12:4; 13:22; 28:10; Ro 9:24; 1 Cor 11:23; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29 al.

ⓖ used pleonastically w. prep.

α. μετά (BGU 412, 6 μετὰ καὶ τ. υἱοῦ) Phil 4:3.

β. σύν (ins in PASA III 612; PFay 108; BGU 179, 19; 515, 17) 1 Cl 65:1.—Dssm., NB 93 (BS 265f).

ⓗ w. double names ὁ καί who is also called … (the earliest ex. in a fragment of Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 15, 51 p. 469, 23 Jac. ῏Ωχος καὶ Δαρειαῖος [s. Hatch 141]; OGI 565; 574; 583; 589; 603; 604; 620; 623; 636; POxy 45; 46; 54; 101; 485; 1279; PFay 30; BGU 22, 25; 36, 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 240; 5, 85; 12, 285; 13, 320; 18, 35. Further material in WSchmid, Der Atticismus III 1893, 338; Dssm., B 181ff [BS 313–17]. Lit. in B-D-F §268, 1) Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9. Ἰγνάτιος, ὁ καὶ Θεοφόρος ins of all the letters of Ign.

ⓘ with other particles

α. καὶ γάρ for (s. γάρ 1b).—καὶ γὰρ … ἀλλά (or granted that … but) 2 Cor 13:4; Phil 2:27.—καὶ γὰρ οὐ(κ): neither 1 Cor 11:9; for even … not 2 Cor 3:10.

β. καί γε (without intervening word [opp. earlier Gk, e.g. Pla., Phd. 58d; Rep. 7, 531a]: Hippocr., Septim. 9, VII 450 Littré; Cornutus p. 40, 12; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; Rhetor Apsines [III A.D.] p. 332, 17 Hammer; TestReub 4:4 al.; for גָּם always in Theod. [DBarthélemy, Les devanciers d’Aquila ’63, 31ff]), weakened force: (if) only or at least Lk 19:42 v.l.; intensive: indeed (Jos. Ant 29, 19) Ac 2:18 (J 3:2 v.l.; Mel., P. 30, 207); Hm 8:5; 9:9. καί γε οὐ μακράν= and indeed God is not far Ac 17:27.—Kühner-G. II 176b; Schwyzer II 561; B-D-F §439, 2; Rdm.² 35–37.

γ. καὶ … δέ and also, but also (s. δέ 5b).

δ. καίτοι (Il. 13, 267 et al., ins, pap; 4 Macc 2:6; 5:18; 7:13; Ath. 8, 1 al.; Mel., P. 58, 422) particle (B-D-F §425, 1; 450, 3; Rob. 1129 and 1154) w. finite verb (Chion, Ep. 3, 1; Jos. Ant. 5, 78) yet, on the other hand Ac 14:17. W. gen. abs. foll. (BGU 850, 4 [76 A.D.] καίτοι ἐμοῦ σε πολλὰ ἐρωτήσαντος; 898, 26; Philo, Vi. Mos. 1, 20; Jos., Ant. 2, 321; Ath. 19, 2; 25, 2) Hb 4:3.—καίτοι γε or καί τοι γε (since Aristoph., Ach. 611; but esp. in later Gk. [cp. Schwyzer II 561; MMeister, De Aiocho dial., Breslau diss. 1915 p. 31, 5]; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 364b; Jos., Bell. 1, 7, Ant. 5, 36; Epict. 3, 24, 90; Just., A II, 11, 2; D. 7, 3; Ath. 3, 1; 22, 7; SIG 685, 76 and 82 [139 B.C.]) although J 4:2; Ac 14:17 v.l.; Dg 8:3. W. part. foll. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 230; Mel., P. 58, 422) AcPt Ox 849, 18.—Kühner-G. II 151f; B-D-F §439, 1; 450, 3.—For ἀλλὰ κ., δὲ και, ἐὰν κ., εἰ κ., ἢ κ. s. ἀλλά, δέ, ἐάν, εἰ, ἤ.—ERobson, KAI-Configurations in the Gk. NT, 3 vols. diss. Syracuse ’79. LfgrE s.v. καί col. 1273f (lit.). DELG. M-M. EDNT.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καί
48 apellido

m.

1 surname, family name.

apellido de soltera maiden name

2 last name, surname, family name.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: apellidar.

* * *

apellido

► nombre masculino

1 family name, surname, (US last name)

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

con nombre y apellidos figurado with all the details

* * *

noun m.

last name, surname

* * *

SM

1) (=nombre de familia) surname, family name

apellido de soltera — maiden name

2) (=apodo) nickname
APELLIDO In the Spanish-speaking world most people use two apellidos, the first being their father's first surname, and the second their mother's first surname: e.g. the surname of the children of Juan García López, married to Carmen Pérez Rodríguez, would be García Pérez. Married women can either use the surnames they were born with or add their husband's first surname to theirs; so e.g. Carmen Pérez Rodríguez could also be known as Carmen Pérez de García or Carmen Pérez Rodríguez de García. In this particular case she could also be referred to as la señora de García. However most women continue to use their own surnames.
* * *

masculino surname, last name (AmE)

apellido de soltera/de casada — maiden/married name

* * *

= family name, last name, surname.

Ex. Another issue is whether names should be inverted, i.e. family name followed by forename.

Ex. Do not use your first name, last name, or initials as a password, since this information is easily guessed by an unauthorized person.

Ex. Corporate names and multiple surnames are permuted or KWIC-indexed, and thus displayed on the screen under each significant word.

----

* apellido compuesto = compound surname.

* apellido de soltera = maiden name.

* nombre y apellidos = full name.

* * *

masculino surname, last name (AmE)

apellido de soltera/de casada — maiden/married name

* * *

= family name, last name, surname.

Ex: Another issue is whether names should be inverted, i.e. family name followed by forename.

Ex: Do not use your first name, last name, or initials as a password, since this information is easily guessed by an unauthorized person.

Ex: Corporate names and multiple surnames are permuted or KWIC-indexed, and thus displayed on the screen under each significant word.

* apellido compuesto = compound surname.

* apellido de soltera = maiden name.

* nombre y apellidos = full name.

* * *

apellido

masculine

surname

apellido de soltera/de casada maiden/married name

* * *

Del verbo apellidar: ( conjugate apellidar)

apellido es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

apellidó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

apellido sustantivo masculino
surname, last name (AmE);
◊ apellido de soltera/de casada maiden/married name

apellido sustantivo masculino surname
apellido de soltera, maiden name ➣ Ver nota en name
Suele traducirse por surname, aunque también puedes usar las palabras name, last name o family name.

' apellido' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
don
- doña
- señor
- señora
English:
double-barrelled
- family name
- maiden name
- name
- surname
- deed
- maiden

* * *

apellido nm

surname

Comp
apellido de casada married name;
apellido de soltera maiden name

APELLIDOS

In the Spanish-speaking world people commonly use the last name of both their father and their mother (in that order). Thus, if Pedro García Fernández and María Piñedo Saavedra have a daughter called Eva, she will be known as Eva García Piñedo. This custom is followed in all official documents, though in everyday use many people use only their first surname. When a woman gets married, she usually keeps her full maiden name, rather than adopting her husband's. However, she can choose to adopt her husband's first surname as her second, or she can be known by her husband's name. So, if Eva García Piñedo married Carlos Hernández Río, she could either keep her own name intact, change it to Eva García Hernández or be known as Señora de Hernández Río. In Latin America she might also be known as Eva García Piñedo de Hernández.

* * *

apellido

m surname

* * *

apellido nm

: last name, surname

* * *

apellido n surname

Spanish-English dictionary > apellido
49 HUNDRAÐ

(pl. hundruð), n. hundred; tírœtt h. = 100; tólfrœtt h. = 120; hundruðum, by (in) hundreds; as value, one hundred and twenty ells of the stuff wadmal; h. frítt, a hundred paid in cattle; tólf hundruð mórend, twelve hundred in dark-striped wadmal; hundrað silfrs, ? the silver value of 120 ells (= 20 ounces).

* * *

n. pl. hundruð; the form hund- (q. v.) only occurs in a few old compd words: [Goth. hunda, pl.; A. S. hund; O. H. G. hunt; the extended form in Hel. and old Frank, hundered; Germ. hundert; Dan. hundrede; Swed. hundra; the inflexive syllable is prob. akin to - ræðr in átt-ræðr]:—a hundred; the Scandinavians of the heathen time (and perhaps also all Teutonic people) seem to have known only a duo-decimal hundred (= 12 × 10 or 120); at that time 100 was expressed by tíu-tíu, cp. Ulf. taihun-taihund = ten-teen; Pal Vídalín says,—hundrað tólfrætt er sannlega frá heiðni til vor komið, en hið tíræða er líkast að Norðrlönd hafi ekki vitað af fyrr en Kristni kom hér og með henni lærdómr þeirrar aldar, Skýr. s. v. Hundrað (fine): but with the introduction of Christianity came in the decimal hundred, the two being distinguished by adjectives,—tólfrætt hundrað = 120, and tírætt hundrað = 100. But still the old popular duodecimal system continued in almost all matters concerned with economical or civil life, in all law phrases, in trade, exchange, property, value, or the like, and the decimal only in ecclesiastical or scholastic matters (chronology, e. g. Íb. ch. 1, 10). At the same time the word in speech and writing was commonly used without any specification of tírætt or tólfrætt, for, as Pal Vídalín remarks, every one acquainted with the language knew which was meant in each case; even at the present time an Icel. farmer counts his flocks and a fisherman his share (hlutr) by the duodecimal system; and everybody knows that a herd or share of one hundred and a half means 120 + 60 = 180. In old writers the popular way of counting is now and then used even in chronology and in computation, e. g. when Ari Frode (Íb. ch. 4) states that the year consists of three hundred and four days (meaning 364); the census of franklins given by the same writer (where the phrase is hundruð heil = whole or full hundreds) is doubtless reckoned by duodecimal, not decimal hundreds, Íb. ch. 10; and in the census of priests and churches taken by bishop Paul (about A. D. 1200) ‘tíræð’ is expressively added, lest duodecimal hundreds should be understood, Bs. i. 136. The Landn. (at end) contains a statement (from Ari?) that Iceland continued pagan for about a hundred years, i. e. from about 874–997 A. D. In the preface to Ólafs S., Snorri states that two duodecimal hundreds (tvau hundruð tólfræð) elapsed from the first colonisation of Iceland before historical writing began (i. e. from about A. D. 874–1115): levies of ships and troops are in the laws and Sagas counted by duodecimal hundreds, e. g. the body-guard of king Olave consisted of a hundred hirð-men, sixty house-carles and sixty guests, in all ‘two hundred’ men, i. e. 240, Mork. 126; the sons of earl Strút-Harald had a hundred men, of whom eighty were billetted out and forty returned, Fms. xi. 88, 89; hálft hundrað, a half hundred = sixty, Mork. l. c.

2. a division of troops = 120; hundraðs-flokkr, Fms. vi. (in a verse).

II. in indef. sense, hundreds, a host, countless number, see hund-, as also in the adverb, phrase, hundruðum, by hundreds (indefinitely), Fms. vi. 407, Þiðr. 275, 524: in mod. usage as adjective and indecl., except the pl. in -uð, thus hundruð ásauðum, Dipl. iv. 10.

B. As value, a hundred, i. e. a hundred and twenty ells of the stuff wadmal, and then simply value to that amount (as a pound sterling in English). All property, real as well as personal, is even at present in Icel. taxed by hundreds; thus an estate is a ‘twenty, sixty, hundred’ estate; a franklin gives his tithable property as amounting to so and so many hundreds. As for the absolute value of a hundred, a few statements are sufficient, thus e. g. a milch cow, or six ewes with lambs, counts for a hundred, and a hundrað and a kúgildi (cow’s value) are equal: the charge for the alimentation of a pauper for twelve months was in the law (Jb. 165) fixed to four hundred and a half for a male person, but three hundred and a half for a female; cp. also the phrase, það er ekki hundrað í hættunni, there is no hundred at stake, no great risk! In olden times a double standard was used,—the wool or wadmal standard, called hundrað talið = a hundred by tale, i. e. a hundred and twenty ells as stated above, and a silver standard, called hundrað vegit, a hundred by weight, or hundrað silfrs, a hundred in silver, amounting to two marks and a half = twenty ounces = sixty örtugar; but how the name hundred came to be applied to it is not certain, unless half an örtug was taken as the unit. It is probable that originally both standards were identical, which is denoted by the phrase, sex álna eyrir, six ells to an ounce, or a hundred and twenty ells equal to twenty ounces (i. e. wadmal and silver at par); but according as the silver coinage was debased, the phrases varied between nine, ten, eleven, twelve ells to an ounce (N. G. L. i. 80, 81, 387, 390, passim), which denote bad silver; whereas the phrase ‘three ells to an ounce’ (þriggja álna eyrir, Sturl. i. 163, passim, or a hundred in wadmal equal to half a hundred in silver) must refer either to a double ell or to silver twice as pure: the passage in Grág. i. 500 is somewhat obscure, as also Rd. 233: the words vegin, silfrs, or talin are often added, but in most cases no specification is given, and the context must shew which of the two standards is there meant; the wool standard is the usual one, but in cases of weregild the silver standard seems always to be understood; thus a single weregild (the fine for a man’s life) was one hundred, Njála passim.

2. the phrases, hundrað frítt, a hundred paid in cattle, Finnb. 236; tólf hundruð mórend, twelve hundred in dark striped wadmal, Nj. 225; hundrað í búsgögnum ok í húsbúningi, Vm. 65; hundraðs-gripr, hestr, hross, kapall, hvíla, sæng, rekkja, psaltari, etc., a beast, a horse, a bed, etc., of a hundred’s value, Am. 2, 10, Vm. 25, 39, 60, 153, Jm. 3, 30; hundraðs-úmagi, a person whose maintenance costs a hundred, Vm. 156; hundraðs virði, a hundred’s value, 68. For references see the Sagas and laws passim, and for more information see Mr. Dasent’s Essay in Burnt Njal.

C. A hundred, a political division which in olden times was common to all Teut. nations, but is most freq. in old Swedish laws, where several hundreds made a hérað or shire; cp. the A. S. and Engl. hundred, Du Cange hundredum; old Germ. hunderti, see Grimm’s Rechts Alterthümer; the centum pagi of Caesar, Bell. Gall. iv. ch. 1, is probably the Roman writer’s misconception of the Teut. division of land into hundreds; this is also the case with Tacit. Germ. ch. 12: cp. the Swed. local names Fjaðrunda-land, Áttundaland, and Tíunda-land, qs. Fjaðr-hunda land, Átthunda land, Tíhunda land, i. e. a combination of four, eight, ten hundreds. The original meaning was probably a community of a hundred and twenty franklins or captains. This division is not found in Icel.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HUNDRAÐ
50 Platz

m; -es, Plätze

1. (Raum) room, space; wir haben viel / wenig Platz we have plenty of / not much space; wir haben ( keinen) Platz für... we have (no) room ( oder space) for...; Platz machen make room ( für for); (vorbeilassen) make way (for); den Platz räumen fig. make way ( für for); Platz da! move along, please!; Platz sparen save space; Platz sparend space-saving; es ist kein Platz mehr there’s no room left; es ist noch viel Platz there’s plenty of room (left); dafür finden wir noch Platz we’ll fit ( oder squeeze) that in somehow; der Wagen bietet fünf Personen Platz the car has room for five ( oder seats five); der Saal bietet 300 Personen Platz the hall seats ( oder holds) 300; das Stadion hat Platz für 30.000 the stadium holds 30,000; wie viel Platz ist auf der Festplatte? how much space is there on the hard disk?; das hat in seinem Leben keinen Platz there’s no room for that in his life

2. (Sitzplatz, auch FLUG. etc.) seat, place; nummerierte Plätze numbered seats; Plätze reservieren lassen reserve ( oder book) seats; Platz nehmen sit down; nehmen Sie doch Platz! have a seat, (do) sit down; bitte behalten Sie Platz please don’t get up; Platz! zum Hund: down!; (Sitz!) sit!; jemandem seinen Platz anbieten offer s.o. one’s seat, give up one’s seat for s.o.; ist dieser Platz ( noch) frei? is this seat taken?; dieser Platz ist besetzt this seat is taken; dort hinten sind noch Plätze frei there are still some seats at the back; bis auf den letzten Platz gefüllt filled to capacity; er hat seinen festen Platz he has his usual seat; he always likes to sit in the same place; es gibt keine festen Plätze the seats are not numbered

3. (Stelle, Standort) place; für Picknick, Urlaub etc.: auch spot; der Schlüssel hängt nicht an seinem Platz the key isn’t where it should be; die Ordner sind alle an ihrem Platz the files are all in their proper place; SPORT: auf die Plätze, fertig, los! on your mark(s), get set, go!; Brit. auch ready, steady, go!; er wich nicht vom Platz he didn’t budge ( oder move from the spot); dein Platz ist bei deiner Firma your place is with your company, your company is where you belong; ein Platz an der Sonne auch fig. a place in the sun; fehl am Platz(e) sein be out of place; beruflich etc.: auch be a square peg in a round hole; Bemerkung, Reaktion etc.: be uncalled for; hier ist Vorsicht am Platz we’ve got to be careful here, this calls for great care

4. (Lücke) space; hier ist noch ein Platz ( frei) für den Koffer here’s a (an empty) space for the case; nach der Überschrift etwas Platz lassen leave some space after the heading

5. (Ort, Stadt) place; das beste Restaurant am Platze the best restaurant in the place ( oder in [the] town)

6. (Lage, auch Bau-, Zeltplatz etc.) site

7. (freier Platz) open space; (öffentlicher Platz) square; runder Platz, in Namen: Circus

8. (Sportfeld) field, pitch; Tennis: court; Golf: course; der beste Mann auf dem Platz the best player on the field; vom Platz stellen send off; auf eigenem / gegnerischem Platz spielen play at home / away (from home); vom Platz fegen fig. play into the ground

9. (Studienplatz) place (to study); hast du schon einen Platz gefunden? have you been accepted anywhere?, have you got a place?

10. (Stellung, Rang) position; SPORT place; den ersten Platz belegen take first place, come first; auf Platz drei in third place; jemanden auf den zweiten Platz verweisen beat s.o. into second place; seine Gegner auf die Plätze verweisen leave one’s opponents trailing; Platz und Sieg Pferdewette: each way bet

* * *

der Platz

(Freiraum) space; room;

(Lage) site;

(Sitzplatz) seat;

(Sportplatz) field;

(Stelle) location; place; spot;

(Tennisplatz) court;

(öffentlicher Platz) square; public square

* * *
Plạtz [plats]
m -es, -e
['plɛtsə]
1) (= freier Raum) room, space

Platz für jdn/etw schaffen — to make room for sb/sth

Platz für etw finden — to find room or space for sth

in dem Zelt finden or haben zwei Personen Platz — there is room for two people in the tent

es wird Platz finden — there'll be room or space for it

Platz greifen — to spread, to gain ground

Platz einnehmen or brauchen — to take up or occupy room or space

Platz für etw ( frei) lassen — to leave room or space for sth

das Buch hat keinen Platz mehr im Regal — there's no more room or space on the bookshelf for that book

mehr als 10 Leute haben hier nicht Platz — there's not room or space for more than 10 people here

jdm den (ganzen) Platz wegnehmen — to take up all the room

jdm Platz machen — to make room for sb

für etw Platz machen or schaffen — to make room for sth

Platz machen — to get out of the way (inf)

mach mal ein bisschen Platz — make a bit of room

Platz für jdn/etw bieten — to hold sb/sth, to have room for sb/sth

Platz da! (inf) — (get) out of the way there! (inf), gangway! (inf)

2) (= Sitzplatz) seat

Platz nehmen — to take a seat

bitte Platz nehmen zum Mittagessen — please take your seats for lunch

behalten Sie doch bitte Platz! (form) — please remain seated (form)

ist hier noch ein Platz frei? — is there a free seat here?

dieser Platz ist belegt or besetzt — this seat's taken, this is somebody's seat

sich von seinem Platz erheben (geh) — to rise (form)

der Saal hat 2.000 Plätze — the hall seats 2,000, the hall has seating for 2,000 or has 2,000 seats

mit jdm den Platz tauschen or wechseln — to change places with sb

erster/zweiter Platz — front/rear stalls

Platz! (zum Hund) — (lie) down!

3) (= Stelle, Standort, Rang) place

das Buch steht nicht an seinem Platz — the book isn't in (its) place

etw ( wieder) an seinen Platz stellen — to put sth (back) in (its) place

fehl or nicht am Platz(e) sein — to be out of place

am Platz(e) sein — to be appropriate

auf die Plätze, fertig, los! (beim Sport) — on your marks, get set, go!, ready, steady, go! (Brit), ready, set, go! (esp US)

er wich nicht vom Platz(e) — he wouldn't yield (an inch)

seinen Platz behaupten — to stand one's ground, to hold one's own

Extremismus hat keinen Platz in der Politik — there is no place for extremism in politics

alles hat seinen festen Platz — everything has its proper place

die Literatur hat einen festen Platz in ihrem Leben — literature is very much a part of her life

ihr Platz ist an der Seite ihres Mannes — her (proper) place is at her husband's side

den ersten Platz einnehmen (fig) — to take first place, to come first

auf Platz zwei — in second place

jdn auf Platz drei/den zweiten Platz verweisen — to beat sb into third/second place

jdn auf die Plätze verweisen (fig) — to beat sb

auf Platz wetten — to make a place bet

ein Platz an der Sonne (lit, fig) — a place in the sun

See:

→ fehl

4) (= Arbeitsplatz, Studienplatz, Heimplatz etc) place; (= unbesetzter Arbeitsplatz) vacancy

im Kindergarten sind noch ein paar Plätze frei — there are still a few vacancies or places left in the kindergarten

5) (= umbaute Fläche) square

auf dem Platz — in or on the square

ein freier Platz vor der Kirche — an open space in front of the church

6) (= Sportplatz) playing field; (FTBL, HOCKEY) pitch, field; (= Handballplatz, Tennisplatz) court; (= Golfplatz) (golf) course, (golf) links pl

einen Spieler vom Platz stellen or verweisen — to send a player off (Brit), to eject a player (US)

auf gegnerischem Platz — away

auf eigenem Platz — at home

7) (= Ort) town, place; (= Handelsplatz) centre (Brit), center (US)

das erste Hotel or Haus am Platz(e) — the best hotel in town or in the place

8) (= Lagerplatz) (store or storage) yard

9) (= Bauplatz) site

* * *

1) (space for something: There is accommodation for your car behind the hotel.) accommodation

2) (a marked-out space for certain games: a tennis-court; a squash court.) court

3) (a suitable place in life: He found his niche in engineering.) niche

4) (an empty space: There's a place for your books on this shelf.) place

5) (an area or building with a particular purpose: a market-place.) place

6) (a seat (in a theatre, train, at a table etc): He went to his place and sat down.) place

7) (a position in an order, series, queue etc: She got the first place in the competition; I lost my place in the queue.) place

8) (a person's position or level of importance in society etc: You must keep your secretary in her place.) place

9) (a job or position in a team, organization etc: He's got a place in the team; He's hoping for a place on the staff.) place

10) ((often abbreviated to Pl. when written) a word used in the names of certain roads, streets or squares.) place

11) (the space or area in which a person, thing etc is or could be put etc: The bed takes up a lot of room; There's no room for you in our car; We'll move the bookcase to make room for the television.) room

12) (a place that is the centre of some activity etc: Universities are seats of learning.) seat

13) (a place where a building, town etc is, was, or is to be, built: He's got a job on a building-site; The site for the new factory has not been decided.) site

14) (an open place in a town, with the buildings round it.) square

15) (a position or place in which to stand ready to fight etc, or an act of fighting etc: The guard took up his stand at the gate; I shall make a stand for what I believe is right.) stand

16) (a post or position (eg of a guard or other person on duty): The watchman remained at his station all night.) station

* * *

Platz

<-es, Plätze>

[plats, pl ˈplɛtsə]

m

1. ARCHIT (umgrenzte Fläche: mit Anlagen) square; (öffentlich) public place; (rund) circus

auf dem \Platz steht ein Denkmal there a statue on the square

der Rote \Platz the Red Square

2. (Sitzplatz) seat

hältst du mir einen \Platz frei? can you keep a seat for me?

ist dieser \Platz frei? is this seat taken?

behalten Sie doch [bitte] \Platz! (form) please remain seated! form

\Platz! Hund sit!

jdm einen \Platz anweisen to show sb to his/her seat

ein guter/teurer \Platz a good/expensive seat

bis auf den letzten \Platz gefüllt sein to be packed to capacity

\Platz nehmen (geh) to take a seat

3. kein pl (freier Raum) space, room

im Koffer ist noch \Platz the suitcase is not quite full yet

hier ist kein \Platz mehr für neue Bücher there is no room left for new books

\Platz da! (fam) out of the way!, make way there!

\Platz für jdn/etw bieten to have room for sb/sth

\Platz brauchen to need room [or space]

in etw dat keinen \Platz haben to have no place for sth

in ihrer Planung hatten Rücklagen keinen \Platz their planning made no allowances for reserves

[jdm/etw] \Platz machen, \Platz [für jdn/etw] schaffen to make room [or way] [for sb/sth]

\Platz sparend space-saving attr

\Platz sparend sein to save space, to be compact

4. (Standort) place

wir haben noch keinen Platz für die Lampe gefunden we have not found the right place for the lamp yet

am \Platz in town [or fam in the place]

das beste Hotel am \Platz the best hotel in town

fehl am \Platze sein to be out of place

ich komme mir hier völlig fehl am \Platze vor I feel totally out of place here

Mitleid ist hier völlig fehl am \Platze this is not the place for sympathy

irgendwo einen festen \Platz haben to have a proper place somewhere

ein stiller/windgeschützter \Platz a quiet/sheltered place

5. SPORT (Rang) place; (Sportplatz) playing field

die Mannschaft liegt jetzt auf \Platz drei the team is now in third place

auf die Plätze, fertig, los! on your marks, get set, go!

seinen \Platz behaupten to maintain [or hold] one's place

den zweiten \Platz belegen to come in second

auf gegnerischem \Platz spielen to play away

jdn vom \Platz stellen to send sb off

jdn auf die Plätze verweisen to beat sb

6. (Möglichkeit, an etw teilzunehmen) Kindergarten, Kurs, Krankenhaus, Reise place

in der Schule sind noch Plätze frei there are still places left in the school

7. INFORM (Einbauplatz)

freier \Platz empty slot

8.

▶ ein \Platz an der Sonne a place in the sun

* * *

der; Platzes, Plätze

1) (freie Fläche) space; area; (BauPlatz, Ausstellungsgelände usw.) site; (umbaute Fläche) square

2) (ParkPlatz) car park; [parking] lot (Amer.)

3) (SportPlatz) (ganze Anlage) ground; (Spielfeld) field; (TennisPlatz, VolleyballPlatz usw.) court; (GolfPlatz) course

einen Spieler vom Platz stellen/tragen — send/carry a player off [the field]

4) (Stelle) place; spot; (Position) location; position; (wo jemand, etwas hingehört) place

auf die Plätze, fertig, los! — on your marks, get set, go!

nicht od. fehl am Platz[e] sein — (fig.) be out of place; be inappropriate

am Platz[e] sein — (fig.) be appropriate; be called for

5) (SitzPlatz) seat; (am Tisch, StehPlatz usw.; fig.): (im Kurs, Krankenhaus, Kindergarten usw.) place

Platz nehmen — sit down

nehmen Sie Platz! — take a seat

Platz behalten — (geh.) remain seated

6) (bes. Sport): (Platzierung) place

den dritten Platz belegen — come third

7) (Ort) place; locality

am Platz — in the town/village

das größte Hotel am Platz — the largest hotel in the place

8) o. Pl. (Raum) space; room

er/es hat [noch] Platz/keinen Platz — there is enough space or room [left] for him/it/no room for him/it

der Saal bietet Platz od. hat Platz für 3 000 Personen — the hall takes or holds 3,000 people

im Viktoriasee hätte ganz Irland Platz — the whole of Ireland could fit into Lake Victoria

[jemandem/einer Sache] Platz machen — make room [for somebody/something]

Platz da! — make way!; out of the way!

* * *

Platz m; -es, Plätze

1. (Raum) room, space;

wir haben viel/wenig Platz we have plenty of/not much space;

wir haben (keinen) Platz für … we have (no) room ( oder space) for …;

Platz machen make room (

für for); (vorbeilassen) make way (for);

den Platz räumen fig make way (

für for);

Platz da! move along, please!;

Platz sparen save space;

Platz sparend space-saving;

es ist kein Platz mehr there’s no room left;

es ist noch viel Platz there’s plenty of room (left);

dafür finden wir noch Platz we’ll fit ( oder squeeze) that in somehow;

der Wagen bietet fünf Personen Platz the car has room for five ( oder seats five);

der Saal bietet 300 Personen Platz the hall seats ( oder holds) 300;

das Stadion hat Platz für 30.000 the stadium holds 30,000;

wie viel Platz ist auf der Festplatte? how much space is there on the hard disk?;

das hat in seinem Leben keinen Platz there’s no room for that in his life

2. (Sitzplatz, auch FLUG etc) seat, place;

nummerierte Plätze numbered seats;

Plätze reservieren lassen reserve ( oder book) seats;

Platz nehmen sit down;

nehmen Sie doch Platz! have a seat, (do) sit down;

bitte behalten Sie Platz please don’t get up;

Platz! zum Hund: down!; (Sitz!) sit!;

jemandem seinen Platz anbieten offer sb one’s seat, give up one’s seat for sb;

ist dieser Platz (noch) frei? is this seat taken?;

dieser Platz ist besetzt this seat is taken;

dort hinten sind noch Plätze frei there are still some seats at the back;

bis auf den letzten Platz gefüllt filled to capacity;

er hat seinen festen Platz he has his usual seat; he always likes to sit in the same place;

es gibt keine festen Plätze the seats are not numbered

3. (Stelle, Standort) place; für Picknick, Urlaub etc: auch spot;

der Schlüssel hängt nicht an seinem Platz the key isn’t where it should be;

die Ordner sind alle an ihrem Platz the files are all in their proper place; SPORT:

auf die Plätze, fertig, los! on your mark(s), get set, go!; Br auch ready, steady, go!;

er wich nicht vom Platz he didn’t budge ( oder move from the spot);

dein Platz ist bei deiner Firma your place is with your company, your company is where you belong;

ein Platz an der Sonne auch fig a place in the sun;

fehl am Platz(e) sein be out of place; beruflich etc: auch be a square peg in a round hole; Bemerkung, Reaktion etc: be uncalled for;

hier ist Vorsicht am Platz we’ve got to be careful here, this calls for great care

4. (Lücke) space;

hier ist noch ein Platz (frei) für den Koffer here’s a (an empty) space for the case;

nach der Überschrift etwas Platz lassen leave some space after the heading

5. (Ort, Stadt) place;

das beste Restaurant am Platze the best restaurant in the place ( oder in [the] town)

6. (Lage, auch Bau-, Zeltplatz etc) site

7. (freier Platz) open space; (öffentlicher Platz) square; runder Platz, in Namen: Circus

8. (Sportfeld) field, pitch; Tennis: court; Golf: course;

der beste Mann auf dem Platz the best player on the field;

vom Platz stellen send off;

auf eigenem/gegnerischem Platz spielen play at home/away (from home);

vom Platz fegen fig play into the ground

9. (Studienplatz) place (to study);

hast du schon einen Platz gefunden? have you been accepted anywhere?, have you got a place?

10. (Stellung, Rang) position; SPORT place;

den ersten Platz belegen take first place, come first;

auf Platz drei in third place;

jemanden auf den zweiten Platz verweisen beat sb into second place;

seine Gegner auf die Plätze verweisen leave one’s opponents trailing;

Platz und Sieg Pferdewette: each way bet

* * *

der; Platzes, Plätze

1) (freie Fläche) space; area; (BauPlatz, Ausstellungsgelände usw.) site; (umbaute Fläche) square

2) (ParkPlatz) car park; [parking] lot (Amer.)

3) (SportPlatz) (ganze Anlage) ground; (Spielfeld) field; (TennisPlatz, VolleyballPlatz usw.) court; (GolfPlatz) course

einen Spieler vom Platz stellen/tragen — send/carry a player off [the field]

4) (Stelle) place; spot; (Position) location; position; (wo jemand, etwas hingehört) place

auf die Plätze, fertig, los! — on your marks, get set, go!

nicht od. fehl am Platz[e] sein — (fig.) be out of place; be inappropriate

am Platz[e] sein — (fig.) be appropriate; be called for

5) (SitzPlatz) seat; (am Tisch, StehPlatz usw.; fig.): (im Kurs, Krankenhaus, Kindergarten usw.) place

Platz nehmen — sit down

nehmen Sie Platz! — take a seat

Platz behalten — (geh.) remain seated

6) (bes. Sport): (Platzierung) place

den dritten Platz belegen — come third

7) (Ort) place; locality

am Platz — in the town/village

das größte Hotel am Platz — the largest hotel in the place

8) o. Pl. (Raum) space; room

er/es hat [noch] Platz/keinen Platz — there is enough space or room [left] for him/it/no room for him/it

der Saal bietet Platz od. hat Platz für 3 000 Personen — the hall takes or holds 3,000 people

im Viktoriasee hätte ganz Irland Platz — the whole of Ireland could fit into Lake Victoria

[jemandem/einer Sache] Platz machen — make room [for somebody/something]

Platz da! — make way!; out of the way!

* * *

¨-e m.

room n.

seat n.

space n.

square (in a town) n. (Lage) wechseln ausdr.

to shift v.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Platz
51 asunto

m.

1 matter.

necesitamos hablar de un asunto importante we need to talk about an important matter

anda metido en un asunto turbio he's mixed up o involved in a dodgy affair

no es asunto tuyo it's none of your business

el asunto es que… the thing is that…

¡…y asunto concluido! and that's that!

asuntos exteriores (politics) foreign affairs

asuntos a tratar agenda

2 theme.

3 affair (romance).

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: asuntar.

* * *

asunto

► nombre masculino

1 (cuestión) matter, issue; (tema) subject; (de obra) theme

■ no quiero hablar del asunto I don't want to discuss the matter

2 (negocio) affair, business

■ no es asunto tuyo it's none of your business

3 (aventura) affair, love affair

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

asuntos a tratar agenda sing

asuntos exteriores PLÍTICA Foreign Affairs

* * *

noun m.

affair, business, issue, matter

* * *

SM

1) (=cuestión) matter

un asunto familiar grave — an urgent family matter

vine a discutir unos asuntos — I came to discuss several matters o issues

no sé nada de ese asunto — I don't know anything about it o the matter

el asunto de los impuestos divide al gobierno — the government is divided on the matter o question o issue of taxes

hemos tratado el asunto de nuestro divorcio — we've talked about the subject of our divorce

asuntos a tratar — agenda

no te metas en mis asuntos — mind your own business

¡esto es asunto mío! — that's my business o affair!

¡asunto concluido! — that's an end to the matter!

- me ha llamado el jefe a su despacho -mal asunto — "the boss has called me to his office" - "doesn't look good"

ir al asunto — to get down to business

el asunto es que... — the thing is (that)...

asunto de honor — question of honour o (EEUU) honor

2) (Jur) case

estuvo implicado en un asunto de desfalco — he was involved in a case of embezzlement

3) (Pol)

el asunto Rumasa — the Rumasa affair

Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores — Foreign Ministry, Foreign Office, State Department (EEUU)

asuntos exteriores — foreign affairs

4) (=aventura amorosa) affair

es asunto de faldas — there's a woman involved in this somewhere along the line

asunto de alcoba — bedroom intrigue

5) Cono Sur

¿a asunto de qué lo hiciste? — why did you do it?

6) Caribe

poner asunto — to pay attention

7) (Literat) † (=tema) subject

* * *

masculino

a) (cuestión, problema) matter

un asunto muy delicado — a very delicate matter o issue

se pelearon por el asunto de la herencia — they fell out over the inheritance

está implicado en un asunto de drogas — he's mixed up in something to do with drugs

asuntos de negocios — business matters

no es asunto tuyo — it's none of your business

y asunto concluido: te he dicho que no y asunto concluido I've said no and that's that; te quedarás en casa y asunto concluido — you're staying at home and that's all there is to it

b) (pey) ( relación amorosa) affair

tuvo un asuntillo con la secretaria — he had a brief fling with his secretary

c) (CS fam) (razón, sentido)

¿a asunto de qué se lo dijiste? — what did you go and tell him for? (colloq), why on earth did you tell him? (colloq)

¿a asunto de qué voy a ir? — what on earth's the point of my going? (colloq)

* * *

= affair, issue, matter, topic, subject matter, business [businesses, -pl.], question, concern, subject line.

Nota: Aplicado al correo electrónico.

Ex. And also until Groome appeared, newcomers were a nullity as an active political force, exerting little influence in city affairs.

Ex. These issues are reviewed more thoroughly in chapter 10.

Ex. AACR2 generally recommends collocation although it is suggested that the extent of collocation and the need for uniform titles is a matter for local decisions.

Ex. A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.

Ex. The librarian generally looks at the book's title, subtitle, preface, contents list, etc, in order to determine the subject matter.

Ex. I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.

Ex. The question is not how much time we have, but what we do with it and how we utilize it.

Ex. Her article lays emphasis on some of the concerns that are important to the continued development of effective information policies.

Ex. Over 35% of SPAM is detected from an email's subject line.

----

* abordar una mínima parte del asunto = touch + the tip of the iceberg.

* aclarar un asunto = clarify + matter.

* arreglar + Posesivo + asuntos = put + Posesivo + (own) house in order.

* asunto candente = burning issue, burning question, hot potato, hot topic, hot issue.

* asunto de actualidad = current issue.

* asunto de importancia = matter of weight, matter of consequence.

* asunto delicado = sore subject, sore spot, sore point, sensitive issue, hot potato.

* asunto de trascendencia = matter of weight, matter of consequence.

* asunto familiar = family affair.

* asunto insignificante = matter of no consequence.

* asunto laboral = work-related issue.

* asunto pendiente = unresolved matter.

* asunto pendiente, asunto sin resolver, cabo suelto, asignatura pendiente = unresolved matter.

* asunto personal = personal issue.

* asunto relacionado con el trabajo = work-related issue.

* asuntos = matters.

* asuntos académicos = academic affairs.

* asuntos cotidianos = everyday matters.

* asuntos de la casa, los = home affairs.

* asuntos exteriores = foreign affairs.

* asunto sin importancia = matter of no consequence.

* asunto sin resolver = unfinished business, unresolved matter.

* asuntos internacionales = global affairs, world affairs.

* asuntos internos = Minister of Internal Affairs, internal affairs.

* asunto sin trascendencia = matter of no consequence.

* asuntos pendientes = unfinished business.

* asuntos propios = personal business.

* asuntos públicos = public affairs.

* cambiando de asunto = on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* delegar un asunto = delegate + matter.

* discutir del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.

* ese es el asunto = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.

* juzgado de asuntos menores = magistrates' court.

* Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores = Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

* Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores, el = Foreign Office, the.

* ministro de asuntos exteriores = foreign minister.

* responsable de asuntos económicos = financial officer.

* rumiar un asunto = chew + the cud.

* ser el asunto = be the point.

* ser un asunto de = be a matter for/of.

* ser un asunto difícil = be a difficult business.

* ser un asunto problemático = be at issue.

* tomar parte en el asunto = enter + the fray.

* tomar parte en en el asunto = be part of the picture.

* tomarse + Expresión Temporal + de asuntos propios = take + Expresión Temporal + off, have + Expresión Temporal + off work.

* tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.

* tratar un asunto = deal with + issue.

* * *

masculino

a) (cuestión, problema) matter

un asunto muy delicado — a very delicate matter o issue

se pelearon por el asunto de la herencia — they fell out over the inheritance

está implicado en un asunto de drogas — he's mixed up in something to do with drugs

asuntos de negocios — business matters

no es asunto tuyo — it's none of your business

y asunto concluido: te he dicho que no y asunto concluido I've said no and that's that; te quedarás en casa y asunto concluido — you're staying at home and that's all there is to it

b) (pey) ( relación amorosa) affair

tuvo un asuntillo con la secretaria — he had a brief fling with his secretary

c) (CS fam) (razón, sentido)

¿a asunto de qué se lo dijiste? — what did you go and tell him for? (colloq), why on earth did you tell him? (colloq)

¿a asunto de qué voy a ir? — what on earth's the point of my going? (colloq)

* * *

= affair, issue, matter, topic, subject matter, business [businesses, -pl.], question, concern, subject line.

Nota: Aplicado al correo electrónico.

Ex: And also until Groome appeared, newcomers were a nullity as an active political force, exerting little influence in city affairs.

Ex: These issues are reviewed more thoroughly in chapter 10.

Ex: AACR2 generally recommends collocation although it is suggested that the extent of collocation and the need for uniform titles is a matter for local decisions.

Ex: A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.

Ex: The librarian generally looks at the book's title, subtitle, preface, contents list, etc, in order to determine the subject matter.

Ex: I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.

Ex: The question is not how much time we have, but what we do with it and how we utilize it.

Ex: Her article lays emphasis on some of the concerns that are important to the continued development of effective information policies.

Ex: Over 35% of SPAM is detected from an email's subject line.

* abordar una mínima parte del asunto = touch + the tip of the iceberg.

* aclarar un asunto = clarify + matter.

* arreglar + Posesivo + asuntos = put + Posesivo + (own) house in order.

* asunto candente = burning issue, burning question, hot potato, hot topic, hot issue.

* asunto de actualidad = current issue.

* asunto de importancia = matter of weight, matter of consequence.

* asunto delicado = sore subject, sore spot, sore point, sensitive issue, hot potato.

* asunto de trascendencia = matter of weight, matter of consequence.

* asunto familiar = family affair.

* asunto insignificante = matter of no consequence.

* asunto laboral = work-related issue.

* asunto pendiente = unresolved matter.

* asunto pendiente, asunto sin resolver, cabo suelto, asignatura pendiente = unresolved matter.

* asunto personal = personal issue.

* asunto relacionado con el trabajo = work-related issue.

* asuntos = matters.

* asuntos académicos = academic affairs.

* asuntos cotidianos = everyday matters.

* asuntos de la casa, los = home affairs.

* asuntos exteriores = foreign affairs.

* asunto sin importancia = matter of no consequence.

* asunto sin resolver = unfinished business, unresolved matter.

* asuntos internacionales = global affairs, world affairs.

* asuntos internos = Minister of Internal Affairs, internal affairs.

* asunto sin trascendencia = matter of no consequence.

* asuntos pendientes = unfinished business.

* asuntos propios = personal business.

* asuntos públicos = public affairs.

* cambiando de asunto = on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* delegar un asunto = delegate + matter.

* discutir del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.

* ese es el asunto = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.

* juzgado de asuntos menores = magistrates' court.

* Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores = Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

* Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores, el = Foreign Office, the.

* ministro de asuntos exteriores = foreign minister.

* responsable de asuntos económicos = financial officer.

* rumiar un asunto = chew + the cud.

* ser el asunto = be the point.

* ser un asunto de = be a matter for/of.

* ser un asunto difícil = be a difficult business.

* ser un asunto problemático = be at issue.

* tomar parte en el asunto = enter + the fray.

* tomar parte en en el asunto = be part of the picture.

* tomarse + Expresión Temporal + de asuntos propios = take + Expresión Temporal + off, have + Expresión Temporal + off work.

* tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.

* tratar un asunto = deal with + issue.

* * *

asunto

masculine

1 (cuestión, problema) matter

no hemos hablado del asunto del viaje we haven't talked about the trip, we haven't discussed the matter o question of the trip ( frml)

éste es un asunto muy delicado this is a very delicate matter o issue

se pelearon por el asunto de la herencia they fell out over the inheritance

han quedado algunos asuntos pendientes there are still a few matters o questions o things to be resolved

está implicado en un asunto de drogas he's mixed up in something to do with drugs

están hablando de asuntos de negocios they're talking about business matters

tengo un asunto muy importante entre manos I'm dealing with a very important matter

no es asunto tuyo it's none of your business

mal asunto, mañana viene el director general I don't like the look of this, the general manager's coming tomorrow

y asunto concluido: ya te he dicho que no y asunto concluido I've already said no and that's that o that's final o that's all there is to it

si se van a pelear por la pelota yo se la quito y asunto concluido if you're going to fight over the ball, I'll take it away and that'll be the end of that

2 ( pey) (relación amorosa) affair

tuvo un asuntillo con la secretaria he had a brief fling with his secretary

3

(CS fam) (razón, sentido): ¿a asunto de qué or con qué asunto se lo dijiste? what did you go and tell him for? ( colloq), why on earth did you tell him? ( colloq)

le encuentro muy poco asunto a esto I don't see much point in this

¿a asunto de qué me voy a ir hasta allá si no van a estar? what on earth's the point of my going all the way there if they're not going to be in? ( colloq)

Compuesto:

asuntos exteriores

fpl ( esp Esp) foreign affairs

* * *

asunto sustantivo masculino
a) (cuestión, problema) matter;

◊ asuntos de negocios business matters;

asuntos exteriores (Esp) foreign affairs;
un asunto muy delicado a very delicate matter o issue;
está implicado en un asunto de drogas he's mixed up in something to do with drugs;
no es asunto mío/tuyo it's none of my/your business
b) (pey) ( relación amorosa) affair

asunto sustantivo masculino
1 subject: no es asunto tuyo, it's none of your business 2 Asuntos Exteriores, Foreign Affairs
♦ Locuciones: tomar cartas en el asunto, to intervene
' asunto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
airear
- aspecto
- avispero
- bagatela
- calada
- calado
- carpetazo
- carta
- clara
- claro
- cogollo
- comparecencia
- competencia
- cosa
- cuestión
- de
- defraudar
- delicada
- delicado
- desconocimiento
- despachar
- destapar
- desviarse
- directamente
- dispar
- dominar
- eje
- encasquetar
- enfocar
- enfoque
- engorrosa
- engorroso
- enjuiciar
- enredar
- enredarse
- enredo
- entidad
- enturbiar
- escarbar
- espantosa
- espantoso
- espina
- estancar
- estancarse
- eurócrata
- extrema
- extremo
- fleco
- fondo
- formarse
English:
about
- affair
- approach
- bring up
- broach
- burning
- business
- circle
- cloud
- concern
- conduct
- crux
- deal with
- decide
- delve
- dispose of
- dispute
- drop
- expedite
- flip side
- grey area
- ground
- heart
- incumbent
- intervention
- involved
- item
- keep to
- light
- look into
- luck
- matter
- messy
- mishandle
- open
- personal
- question
- raise
- rest
- risky
- sensitive
- separate
- show
- sidestep
- slug out
- sore
- stake
- step in
- stick to
- switch

* * *

asunto nm

1. [tema] matter;
[problema] issue;
necesitamos hablar de un asunto importante we need to talk about an important matter;

quieren llegar al fondo del asunto they want to get to the bottom of the matter;

anda metido en un asunto turbio he's mixed up o involved in a dubious o Br dodgy affair;

no quiero hablar del asunto ese del divorcio I don't want to talk about that divorce business;

no es asunto tuyo it's none of your business;

¡métete en tus asuntos! mind your own business!;

el asunto es que… the thing is that…;

te han llamado de Hacienda – mal asunto you've had a call from the tax man – that doesn't sound very good!;

¡y asunto concluido o [m5] arreglado! and that's that!

Comp
asuntos de Estado affairs of state;
asuntos exteriores foreign affairs;

asunto pendiente: [m5] tenemos un asunto pendiente que tratar we have some unfinished business to attend to;

asuntos pendientes [en orden del día] matters pending;

asuntos a tratar agenda

2. [de obra, libro] theme

3. [romance] affair;

tener un asunto con alguien to have an affair with sb

4. Col, Ven
poner el asunto to watch one's step

* * *

asunto

m

1 matter;

mal asunto that’s bad (news);

no es asunto tuyo it’s none of your business

2 fam ( relación) affair

* * *

asunto nm

1) cuestión, tema: affair, matter, subject

2) asuntos nmpl

: affairs, business

* * *

asunto n

1. (cuestión) matter / issue

un asunto de carácter internacional an international matter

2. (negocio) affair

no quiero que nadie se meta en mis asuntos I don't want anybody interfering in my affairs

no es asunto tuyo it's none of your business

Spanish-English dictionary > asunto
52 verde

adj.

1 green.

verde botella bottle green

verde oliva olive (green)

verde esmeralda emerald (green)

poner verde a alguien (informal) to run somebody down

2 unripe, green (poco maduro) (fruit).

3 Green, green (ecologista).

4 blue, dirty (obsceno).

5 rookie, green.

6 bawdy, hot, ribald, crude.

m.

1 green (color).

2 foliage, green.

3 nerd, swot, excessively assiduous student, grind.

* * *

verde

► adjetivo

1 (color) green

2 (fruta) unripe, green; (madera) unseasoned

3 figurado (persona) green, immature

4 familiar (chiste) blue, dirty

► nombre masculino

1 (color) green

2 (hierba) grass

3 PLÍTICA green

■ los verdes the Greens

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

poner verde a alguien familiar to call somebody every name under the sun

verde oliva olive green

* * *

noun m. adj.

green

* * *

1. ADJ

1) (color) green

- estar verde de envidia

- poner verde a algn

siempre ponen verde al jefe — they're always running down *o slagging off **the boss

me llamó y me puso verde por no haberla ayudado — she called me and gave me a piece of her mind for not helping her *

2) [árbol, planta] green; [fruta, verdura] green, unripe; [legumbres] green; [madera] unseasoned

3) [zona, espacio] green

faltan zonas verdes en esta ciudad — there are not enough green spaces in this city

4) *
[plan, proyecto]
el proyecto está muy verde — the project is at a very early stage

5) * (=sin experiencia) green *

está muy verde — *he's very green *, he doesn't know a thing

6) * [chiste, canción] smutty *, blue *, dirty

viejo verde — dirty old man *

7) (Pol) Green

2. SM

1) (=color) green

verde botella — bottle green

verde esmeralda — emerald green

verde lima — lime green

verde manzana — apple green

verde oliva — olive green

verde pistacho — pistachio green

2) (=hierba) grass; (=follaje) foliage, greenery; (=forraje) green fodder

sentarse en el verde — to sit on the grass

segar la hierba en verde — to cut the grass while it is still green

3) *
(=billete) [de mil pesetas] 1,000-peseta note; [de un dólar] dollar bill, buck (EEUU) *, greenback (EEUU) *
4)

- darse un verde de algo

5) ( Cono Sur) (=mate) maté

6) ( Cono Sur) (=pasto) grass, pasture

7) ( Cono Sur) (=ensalada) salad

8) (And) (=plátano) plantain

9) (Caribe, Méx) (=campo) country, countryside

10) (Caribe)
* (=policía) cop *
3.

SMF (Pol) Green

los Verdes — the Greens, the Green Party

* * *
I
adjetivo

1) <color/ojos/vestido> green

zapatos verde claro/oscuro — light/dark green shoes

ojos verde azulado — bluish o (BrE) bluey green eyes

estar verde de envidia — (CS) to be green with envy

2) < fruta> green, unripe; < leña> green

estar verde — (fam) ( no tener experiencia) to be green (colloq); ( en una asignatura)

está verde en historia — he doesn't know the first thing about history (colloq)

el plan todavía está verde — the plan is still in its very early stages

3) (Pol) Green

4) (fam) < chiste> dirty, blue (colloq); viejo II 1)
II
masculino

1) ( color) green; (Bot) greenery

- verde botella

- verde esmeralda

- verde oliva

- verde perico

2) verde masculino y femenino (Pol) Green

los verdes — the Greens

* * *
I
adjetivo

1) <color/ojos/vestido> green

zapatos verde claro/oscuro — light/dark green shoes

ojos verde azulado — bluish o (BrE) bluey green eyes

estar verde de envidia — (CS) to be green with envy

2) < fruta> green, unripe; < leña> green

estar verde — (fam) ( no tener experiencia) to be green (colloq); ( en una asignatura)

está verde en historia — he doesn't know the first thing about history (colloq)

el plan todavía está verde — the plan is still in its very early stages

3) (Pol) Green

4) (fam) < chiste> dirty, blue (colloq); viejo II 1)
II
masculino

1) ( color) green; (Bot) greenery

- verde botella

- verde esmeralda

- verde oliva

- verde perico

2) verde masculino y femenino (Pol) Green

los verdes — the Greens

* * *

verde¹

¹ = green [greener -comp., greenest -sup.], unripe, underripe, unripened.

Ex: If the spot stays yellow the paper is decidedly acid; an in-between colour ( green, grey, grey-green, yellow-green) indicates mild acidity; while if the spot goes purple, the paper is near-neutral or alkaline.

Ex: Unripe seeds do not have all the things they need to grow.

Ex: Underripe and overripe melons had as much as 20% less lycopene than fully ripe melons, with maturity effects dependent on the variety.

Ex: To ripen tomatoes, add a whole lime to unripened tomatoes in a paper bag and store at room temperature for a few days.

* alerta verde = green alert.

* Cabo Verde = Cape Verde.

* color verde = green.

* de color verde botella = bottle green.

* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.

* fruta verde = unripe fruit.

* Islas de Cabo Verde = Cape Verde Islands.

* judía verde = green bean, runner bean, French bean.

* libro verde = green paper.

* manzana verde = green apple.

* menta verde = spearmint.

* poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.

* República de Cabo Verde = Cape Verde.

* República de las Islas de Cabo Verde = Cape Verde Islands.

* té verde = green tea.

* verde aceituna = olive green.

* verde botella = bottle green.

* verde chillón = parrot green.

* verde esmeralda = emerald green.

* verde loro = parrot green.

* verde manzana = apple green.

* verde mar = sea green.

* verde marino = sea green.

* verde oliva = olive green.

* verde pistacho = pistachio green.

* verdes, los = green, the.

* verde turquesa = turquoise green.

* zona verde = grassy area.

verde²

² = bawdy [bawdier -comp., bawdiest -sup.], racy [racier -comp., raciest -sup.], saucy [saucier -comp., sauciest -sup.], ribald.

Ex: Their secondary aim was to print piratical, scurrilous and bawdy material for the people of Dublin.

Ex: Today, nudity, sex, and excessive violence are not an issue and even the raciest films would garner a PG-13 rating from the Motion Picture Association of America, and most are even tamer than that.

Ex: Although some British seaside resorts still sell saucy postcards, they are not as popular as they used to be.

Ex: About this time several of the old crones of the tribe offered their ribald advice on how the new couple should conduct themselves off in the forest together.

* viejo verde = dirty old man.

* * *

verde¹

adjective

A [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

1 ‹color/ojos/vestido› green

ponerse verde de envidia to turn o ( BrE) go green with envy

el semáforo estaba (en) verde the traffic light was green

estar verde de envidia (CS); to be green with envy

poner verde a algn ( Esp fam) (hablando con algn) to call sb all the names under the sun, to give sb a dressing down; (hablando de algn) to say nasty things about sb, run sb down ( colloq), to slag sb off ( BrE colloq)

2 (modificado por otro adj: inv) green

zapatos verde claro/fuerte/oscuro light/bright/dark green shoes

ojos verde azulado bluish o ( BrE) bluey green eyes

B

1 ‹fruta› green, unripe

estar verde ( fam) (no tener experiencia) to be inexperienced o ( colloq) green

(en una asignatura): está verde en historia he doesn't know the first thing about history ( colloq), he doesn't have have a clue o have the first idea about history ( colloq)

el plan todavía está verde the plan is still in its very early stages

2 ‹leña› green

C ( Pol) ‹partido/movimiento› Green

D ( fam); ‹chiste› dirty, blue ( colloq) viejo² (↑ viejo (2))

verde²

masculine

A [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (color) green

B (hierbas) greenery

C ( Pol) Green

los verdes the Greens

D ( fam) (billete — de un dólar) greenback ( AmE colloq), dollar bill; ( obs Esp) (— de mil pesetas) 1,000 peseta note

Compuestos:

● verde agua

A masculine watery green

B adj inv watery-green

● verde botella

A masculine bottle green

B adj inv bottle-green

● verde esmeralda

A masculine emerald green

B adj inv emerald-green, emerald

● verde hoja

A masculine leaf green

B adj inv leaf-green

● verde manzana

A masculine apple green

B adj inv apple-green

● verde musgo

A masculine moss green

B adj inv moss-green

● verde oliva

A masculine olive green

B adj inv olive-green

● verde perico (Col, Ven)

A masculine bright green

B adj inv bright-green

● verde turquesa

A masculine turquoise green

B adj inv turquoise-green

* * *

verde adjetivo <s3 num="1" st="s"> ‹color/ojos/vestido› green;
◊ zapatos verde oliva olive-green shoes;

ojos verde azulado bluish o (BrE) bluey green eyes
2 ‹ fruta› green, unripe;
‹ leña› green;
◊ estar verde (fam) ( no tener experiencia) to be green (colloq);

( en una asignatura):
◊ está verde en historia he doesn't know much about history (colloq)

3 (Pol) Green
4 (fam) ‹ chiste› dirty, blue (colloq)
■ sustantivo masculino ( color) green;
(Bot) greenery
■ sustantivo masculino y femenino (Pol) Green;
◊ los verdes the Greens</s3>

verde
I sustantivo masculino
1 (color) green
verde esmeralda, emerald
II sustantivo masculino y femenino Pol los Verdes, the Greens
III adjetivo
1 (de ese color) green
verdes campos, green fields
2 (fruto inmaduro) unripe, green
3 Pol (ideología, partido) green
4 familiar estar verde, (tener poca experiencia) to be green
(estar en fase primeriza) su tesis está verde, his thesis is in its early stages
5 fam (impúdico) dirty
pey viejo verde, dirty old man
♦ Locuciones: familiar poner verde a alguien, to call sb every name under the sun

' verde' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
cabo
- chiste
- entre
- esmeralda
- judía
- luz
- metalizada
- metalizado
- oliva
- parque
- pimiento
- semáforo
- tapete
- tono
- tuya
- tuyo
- una
- uno
- venir
- zona
- cebolleta
- cinturón
- claro
- de
- intermedio
- ir
- limón
- poroto
- vestir
- viejo
English:
bean
- blue
- bottle-green
- coarse
- colour
- come
- dirty
- French bean
- go-ahead
- green
- green bean
- green pepper
- green salad
- light
- nod
- olive green
- pepper
- raunchy
- runner bean
- slag off
- smutty
- trash
- unripe
- all
- buck
- dirty old man
- emerald
- go
- hedge
- hedgerow
- immature
- jade
- lime
- marrow
- mint
- raw
- runner
- spear

* * *

verde

♦ adj

1. [de color] green;

Comp
Fam
poner verde a alguien [por la espalda] to run sb down, Br to slag sb off, US to dump on sb;
[delante] to tear into sb, to tear sb to pieces;
Comp
RP Fam
estar verde de envidia to be green with envy

2. [poco maduro] [fruta] unripe, green;
Fam [persona] green, wet behind the ears;
el proyecto está aún verde the project is still very much in its early stages

3. [ecologista] Green, green

4. [obsceno] blue, dirty

5. Esp Fam Antes
billete verde = 1,000 peseta note

♦ nm
[color] green;
el verde es mi color favorito green is my favourite colour;

cruzar con el semáforo en verde to cross when the lights are green

Comp
verde agua pale blue-green;
verde botella bottle green;
RP verde cotorra bright green;
verde esmeralda emerald green;

verde lima lime green;

verde manzana apple green;

verde mar sea green;

verde musgo moss green;

verde oliva olive (green)

♦ nmpl

los Verdes [partido] the Greens

* * *

verde

I adj

1 green;

poner verde a alguien fam criticize s.o.

2 fruta unripe

3 fam

chiste blue, dirty;

viejo verde dirty old man

II m

1 green;

verde botella/oliva bottle/olive green

2

:

los verdes POL the Greens

* * *

verde adj

1) : green (in color)

2) : green, unripe

3) : inexperienced, green

4) : dirty, risqué

verde nm

: green

* * *

verde¹ adj

1. (en general) green

las lechugas son verdes lettuces are green

2. (no maduro) not ripe

no comas este melocotón, está verde don't eat this peach, it's not ripe

3. (obsceno) dirty [comp. dirtier; superl. dirtiest]

un chiste verde a dirty joke

verde² n green

los verdes the Greens

Spanish-English dictionary > verde
53 HÁR

hair

* * *

I)

(há, hátt), a.

1) high; á háfum fjöllum, in high mountains; hæri en, higher than;

2) tall (hár maðr vexti);

3) superl. at the highest pitch; meðan hæst væri vetrar, sumars, in the depth of winter, in the height of summer;

4) high, glorious; hæstu hátíðir, the highest feasts;

5) loud (hár brestr); mæla hátt, to speak loud; hón verðr há við, she becomes clamorous or excited.

II)

(gen. hás, pl. háir), m. thole.

III)

n. hair (jarpr á hár).

IV)

m. dog-fish.

* * *

1.

adj., fem. há, neut. hátt, vide Gramm. p. xix; compar. hæri or hærri, superl. hæstr; hæðstr and hærstr, which are found in old printed books, are bad forms; for the inflexions, (which vary much, sometimes inserting f or v, sometimes not,) see the references below; in mod. usage the v is usually dropped, but the cases are bisyllabic, e. g. háir, háar, háa, háum, instead of the old hávir, hávar, háva, háfum or hám; the definite form in old writers is hávi or háfi, in mod. hái: [Ulf. hauhs = ὑψηλός; A. S. heah; Engl. high; O. H. G. hoh; Hel. hoh; Germ. hoch; old Frank, hag or hach; Swed. hög; Dan. höj; all of them with a final guttural, which in mod. Dan. has been changed into j; the final labial f or v, which in olden times was so freq. before a vowel, may be compared to laugh, rough, etc. in mod. Engl.; the g remains in the cognate word haugr]:—high; stiga sex álna háfan, Vm. 129; í hám fjalla-tindum, Edda 144 (pref.); á háfum fjöllum, Skálda 181; há fjöll, Getsp.; á hám gálga, Fsm. 45; á bekk hám, Akv. 2; hár bylgjur, Edda (Ht.); á borg inni há, Am. 18; á há fjalli, Gm. 17, Bs. i. 26 (in a verse); enar hæstu fjalla hæðir, Stj. 59; hár turn, Hkr. iii. 63; skaptið var eigi hæra, en …, Eg. 285 (of a spear); hátt hlaup, a high leap, i. e. from a high place, Fms. i. 166; hæri en grön er vex á hæsta fjalli, Hom. 152; hávar bárur, Gh. 13: hávar unnir, Skv. 2. 16; háfan garð, Fms. vi. (in a verse); hávu grasi, Hm. 120; but há grasi. Gm. 17; upp-háfa skúa, high boots, Fms. vii. 321: phrases, bera hæra skjöld, hlut, to carry the highest shield, lot, Fas. i. 383, Ld. 322.

2. tall; hárr maðr vexti ( tall of stature), manna hæstr, very tall, Fms. i. 155; hárr maðr ok harðvaxinn, vii. 321.

3. a metrical term; syllables in rhyme having the same consonants and quantity of vowels are jafn-háfar, in the same strain; kvattú svá? ‘gröm skömm’ eigi eru þær hendingar jafn háfar; ‘hrömm skömm’ þat væri jafnhátt, Fms. vi. 386.

II. metaph. high, sublime, glorious; hærri tign, Fms. i. 214; enir hæstu Guðs postular, 625. 82; í hærra haldi, Fms. vii. 112; margar ræður þvílíkar eða enn hæri, or still sublimer, Sks. 635; hljóta háfan sigr, a glorious victory, Merl. 2. 69; háfan ávöxt, Mar. kv. 17; hæstu daga, hæstu hátíðir, the highest days or feasts (hátíð), Fms. x. 22.

2. at the highest pitch; meðan hæstir eru stormar um vetrinn, Sks. 46; at hann væri kyrr meðan hæst væri vetrar, in the depth of winter, Fms. ix. 480; meðan hæst væri sumars, in the height of summer, Lv. 43; hátt vetrar megin, Sks.; cp. há-degi, há-vetr, há-sumar (below).

3. loud; blása hátt (a trumpet), Vsp. 47; brestr hár, Fms. xi. 10, Glúm. 375; mæla hátt, to speak loud, Nj. 33; ok söng í hátt, it gave a loud sound, 83; kveða við hátt ok öskurliga, Fms. v. 164; þó þetta væri eigi hátt talat í fyrstu, ix. 250; æpa hátt, Sks. 653; hafa hátt, to make a noise; cp. gráta hástöfum (below), há-vaði (below); hón verðr há við, she became clamorous, excited, Ísl. ii. 350; hlæja hátt, to laugh loud, Skv. 2. 15.

III. a mythol. pr. name, both Hár and Hávi, Edda; Hávi and Hár are names of Odin the High, whence Háva-mál, n. pl. the name of a poem, the Sayings of the High.

2. prefixed in the pr. names Há-kon, Há-leygr, Há-rekr, Há-mundr, Há-steinn, Há-varðr, Há-varr; and in local names, Háfa-fell, etc.

IV. neut. as adverb; geisa hátt, Edda 146 (pref.); skín hann nú því hærra, Fms. v. 241; unna e-m hærra en öðrum, to love one higher (more) than another, Sturl. i. 198; taka e-n hátt, to make much of one, Bs. i. 727; stökkva hátt, to make a high leap, look high, Fær. 57; sitja skör hærra en aðrir, a step higher, Fms. i. 7.

B. COMPDS: háaltari, hábakki, hábakkaflæðr, hábeinn, hábjarg, hábogaðr, háborð, hábrók, hábrókan, hábrókask, hádegi, hádegisskeið, háeyrr, háfeti, háfjall, háflæðr, háfæta, háfættr, háhestr, hákirkja, háleggr, háleikr, háleitliga, háleitligr, háleitr, háliga, háligr, hálimar, hámessa, hámessumál, hámælgi, hámæli, hámæltr, hánefjaðr, hánefr, hápallr, háreysti, háreystr, hásalir, hásegl, háseymdr, háskeptr, háskóli, hástaðr, hástafir, hásteint, hástigi, hásumar, hásumartími, hásæti, hásætisborð, hásætiskista, hásætismaðr, hásætisstóll, hátalaðr, hátimbra, hátíð, hátíðaraptan, hátíðardagr, hátíðarhald, hátíðisdagr, hátíðiskveld, hátíðliga, hátíðligr, hávaði, hávaðamaðr, hávaðamikill, hávaðasamr, hávarr, háværr, háværð, hávegir, hávella, hávetr, hávetri.

2.

mod. háfr, m. [Germ. hai], a dog-fish, squalus acanthius, Skálda 162. In compds há- marks fish of the shark kind, as há-karl (q. v.), a shark, carcharias, Ann.: há-kerling, f. = hákarl: há-meri, f. squalus glaucus: há-mús, f. chimaera monstrosa, Linn.; also called geirnyt, Eggert Itin. 360: há-skerðingr, m. = hákarl, Edda (Gl.), Grág. ii. 337, 359, Pm. 69: háskerðinga-lýsi, n. shark’s oil, H. E. i. 395: háfs-roð, n. shark’s skin, shagreen.

3.

m., acc. há, pl. háir, a thole, Am. 35, Grett. 125, Fas. i. 215, Þiðr. 313; whence há-benda, u, f. = hamla, q. v.; há-borur, f. pl., q. v.; há-reiðar, f. pl. rowlocks, prop. ‘thole-gear,’ synonymous with hamla; inn féll (sjór) um söxin ok háreiðarnar, Sturl. iii. 66, (Cd. Brit. Mus., Cd. Arna-Magn. háborurnar); leggja árar í háreiðar, to lay the oars in the rowlocks, Fms. xi. 70 (v. 1. to hömlur), 101, x. 285; lágu þar árar í háreiðum, Eg. 360 (v. l. to hömlu-böndum), Lex. Poët.: há-seti, a, m. a ‘ thole-sitter,’ oarsman, opp. to the captain or helmsman, Grág. i. 90, N. G. L. i. 98, Landn. 44, Fbr. 62 new Ed., Fms. vi. 239, 246: há-stokkar, m. pl. the gunwale, Bs. i. 385, 390.

β. in poetry a ship is called há-dýr, n., há-sleipnir, m. the horse of rowlocks.

4.

n. [A. S. hær; Engl. hair; Germ. har; Dan.-Swed. hår; Lat. caesaries]:— hair, including both Lat. crines and capilli, Skálda 162, Nj. 2, Sks. 288; fara ór hárum, to change the hair, of beasts, passim; eitt hár hvítt eðr svart, Matth. v. 36; höfuð-hár, the hair of the head; lík-hár, the hair on the body, breast, or hands of men, opp. to the head; úlfalda-hár, iii. 4; hross-hár, horse-hair; hunds-hár, kattar-hár.

COMPDS: háralag, hárslitr.

☞ For the hair of women, see Nj. ch. 1, 78, 117, Landn. 2, ch. 30, Edda 21, passim; of men, Nj. ch. 121, Ld. ch. 63, and passim.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HÁR
54 विश्व _viśva

विश्व pron. a. [विश्-व Uṇ.1.151]

1 All, whole, entire, universal; स सर्वनामा स च विश्वरूपः Bhāg.6.4.28.

-2 Every, every one.

-3 All-pervading, omnipresent. -m. pl. N. of a particular group of deities, ten in number and supposed to be sons of विश्वा; their names are:- वसुः सत्यः क्रतुर्दक्षः कालः कामो धृतिः कुरुः । पुरूरवा माद्रवश्च विश्वेदेवाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥ देवाः साध्यास्तथा विश्वे तथैव च महर्षयः Mb. 3.261.6; Bg.11.22.

-श्वम् 1 The universe, the (whole) world; इदं विश्वं पाल्यम् U.3.3; विश्वस्मिन्नधुनान्यः कुलव्रतं पाल- यिष्यति कः Bv.1.13.

-2 Dry ginger.

-3 N. of Viṣṇu.

-श्वः 1 The soul; Bhāg.7.15.54; A. Rām.7.5.49. 5; the intellectual faculty.

-2 A citizen (नागर).

-श्वा 1 The earth.

-2 Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).

-3 Dry ginger.

-4 The plant अतिविषा.

-Comp. -आत्मन् m.

1 the Supreme Being (soul of the universe).

-2 an epithet of Brahman.

-3 of Śiva; अथ विश्वात्मने गौरी संदिदेश मिथः सखीम् Ku.6.1.

-4 of Viṣṇu.

-5 of the sun.

-आत्मना ind. thoroughly; विश्वात्मना यत्र निवर्तते भीः Bhāg.11.2.33.

-आधारः support of the universe; विश्वाधारं गगनसदृशं मेघवर्णं शुभाङ्गम् Viṣṇustotra.

-इन्वः (विश्वमिन्वः) All-moving (an epithet of Śiva).

-ईशः, -ईश्वरः (also विश्वमीश्वरः as one word used in the Mbh. and Kūrmapurāṇa ch.26.)

1 the Supreme Being, lord of the universe.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-औषधम् dry ginger.

-कद्रु a. wicked, low, vile.

(-द्रुः) 1 a hound, dog trained for the chase.

-2 sound.

-कर्मन् m.

1 N. of the architect of gods; cf. त्वष्टृ.

-2 an epithet of the sun.

-3 one of the seven principal rays of the sun.

-4 a great saint.

-5 the Supreme Being. ˚जा, ˚सुता an epithet of संज्ञा, one of the wives of the sun.

-कारुः the architect of the universe (विश्वकर्मा).

-कार्यः one of the rays of the sun.

-कृत् m.

1 the creator of all beings; निवेदितो$थाङ्गिरसा सोमं निर्भर्त्स्य विश्व- कृत् Bhāg.9.14.8.

-2 an epithet of Viśvakarman.

-केतुः an epithet of Aniruddha.

-गः N. of Brahman.

-गत a. Omnipresent.

-गन्धः an onion. (

-न्धम्) myrrh.

-गन्धा the earth.

-गोचर a. accessible to all men.

-गोप्तृ m.

1 N. of Viṣṇu.

-2 Indra.

-ग्रन्थिः the plant called हंसपदी.

-चक्रम् a kind of valuable gift (महादान) of pure gold.

-चर्षणि a. Ved. all-pervading, world- wide, extending everywhere.

-जनम् mankind.

-जनीन, -जन्य, -जनीय a. good for all men, suitable to all mankind, beneficial to all men; विश्वजन्यमिमं पुण्यमुपन्यासं निबोधत Ms.9.31; Śi.1.41; को वा विश्वजनीनेषु कर्मसु प्राघटि- ष्यत Bk.21.17.

-जित् m.

1 N. of a particular sacri- fice; Ms.11.74; तमध्वरे विश्वजिति क्षितीशं निःशेषविश्राणितकोश- जातम् R.5.1.

-2 the noose of Varuṇa.

-3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which an action for which no fruit is enjoined directly should be consider- ed as having स्वर्ग as its फल. This is established in connection with the विश्वजित् sacrifice by Jaimini and Śabara in MS.4.3.15-16.

-जीवः the universal soul.

-देव see under विश्व m. above.

-दैवम्, -दैवतम् the asterism उत्तराषाढा.

-धारिणी the earth.

-धारिन् m. a deity.

-धेना Ved. the earth.

-नाथः lord of the univer- se, an epithet of Śiva.

-पा m.

1 the protector of all.

-2 the sun.

-3 the moon.

-4 fire.

-पावनी, -पूजिता holy basil.

-प्सन् m.

1 a god.

-2 the sun.

-3 the moon.

-4 an epithet of Agni.

-5 N. of Viśvakarman. बीजम् the seed of everything.

-बोधः a Buddha.

-भावनः N. of Viṣṇu.

-भुज a. all-enjoying, all-eating; (-m.) an epithet of Indra.

-भेषजम् dry ginger. (

-जः) a universal remedy.

-भोजस् a. all-pervading; Ṛv.

-मूर्ति a. existing in all forms, all-pervading, omnipresent; कल्याणानां त्वमसि महसां भाजनं विश्वमूर्ते Māl.1.3;

(-र्तिः) 1 the Supreme Being.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-योनिः 1 an epithet of Brahman.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-राज् m.,

-राजः a universal sovereign.

-रुची one of the seven tongues of fire.

-रूप a. omnipresent, existing everywhere; तस्मिन् यशो निहितं विश्वरूपम् Bṛi. Up.2.2.2. (

-पः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. (

-पम्) agallochum.

-रेतस् m.

1 an epithet of Brahman.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-वासः the recepta- cle of all things.

-वाह् a. (

-विश्वौही f.) all-sustaining.

-विभावनम् creation of the universe.

-वेदस् a.

1 all- knowing, omniscient; स्वस्ति नः पूषा विश्ववेदाः Āśīrvāda- mantra.

-2 a saint, sage.

-व्यचस् f. N. of Aditi.

-व्यापक, -व्यापिन् a. all-pervading.

-संवननम् means of bewitching all.

-संहारः general destruction.

-सत्तम a. the best of all.

-सहा 1 the earth.

-2 one of the tongues of fire.

-सारकम् the prickly pear.

-सृज् m.

1 an epithet of Brahman, the creator; उपहूता विश्वसृग्भि- र्हरिगाथोपगायने Bhāg.7.15.71-72; प्रायेण सामग्र्यविधौ गुणानां पराङ्मुखी विश्वसृजः प्रवृत्तिः Ku.3.28;1.49.

-2 an epithet of मयासुर; नाना विभान्ति किल विश्वसृजोपक्लृप्ताः Bhāg.1.75.32.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > विश्व _viśva
55 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
56 VANGR

m. field (cf. himinvangr); frá mínum véum ok vöngum, from my hearth and home.

* * *

m. [Ulf. waggs = παράδεισος; A. S. wang; Hel. wang; early Dan. vang, as in the ballad, Danmark deiligst ‘vang’ og ‘vænge’ lukt með bölgen blaa]:—a garden, green home-field, Edda (Gl.): in the allit. vé ok vangr, house and home; frá mínum vénm ok vöngum, from my hearth and home, Ls. 52; þar var arnar-flaug of vangi, Edda (in a verse); hún-vangr, ‘ship-field,’ i. e. the sea, Eb. (in a verse).

II. in prose this word is obsolete except in compds, in which (as in vegr) the v is often dropped (-angr); ái-vangr, vet-vangr, kaup-angr, qq. v.: in a great number of local names, þrúð-vangr, Aur-vangr, Ævangr: in names of fiords in Norway, Staf-angr, Harð-angr, Kaup-angr. In several mod. Scandin. local names ‘vangr’ remains in the inflexion -ing, -inge; it is often impossible to say whether the termination is from engi or vangr. In poët. compds, himin-vangr, sól-vangr, hlæ-v., the heaven: the sea is called svan-vangr, the swan-field; ál-v., fley-v., the ship-field, etc. = the sea; all-vangr, the ‘all-men’s field,’ a place of assembly (= almanna-vangr), Ísl. ii. (in a verse); geð-vangr, ‘mind’s-field,’ the mind’s abode, i. e. the breast; baug-v., fólk-v., hjör-v., geir-v., the shield-field, sword-field, i. e. the shield; orm-v., ‘snake-field,’ i. e. gold, Lex. Poët.; Þrúð-vangr, the abode of Thor, Gm., Edda.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VANGR
57 καλέω

⁺ V 132-140-98-53-89=512 Gn 1,5(bis).8.10(bis)

A: to call [τινα] Gn 3,9; id. [τι] Gn 1,5; to call to, to summon to [τινα ἐπί τινι] Nm 25,2; id. [τινα εἴς τι] 1 Kgs 12,20; to invite [τινα] Ex 34,15; to send for, to summon, to call [τινα] Nm 16,12; to proclaim [τι] 1 Kgs 20,12; to call by name, to name [τινα +pred.] Ru 1,20; id. [τι +pred.] Lv 23,21

P: to be named, to be called Gn 2,23; to be named after [ἐπί τινι] Gn 48,6; to call into existence, to call into life [τι] Wis 11,25

ὁ καλούμενος the so-called Jos 5,3; κέκλημαι to be the guest Est 5,12; ἐκάλεσεν τῷ ὀνόματι κυρίου he invoked the name of the Lord Ex 34,5; ἐκάλεσεν Αδαμ τὸ ὄνομά τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ Ζωή Adam called the name of his wife Life Gn 3,20; καλέσω ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου I shall call out by or through my name Ex 33,19; ἐκάλεσεν Αδαμ ὀνόματα πᾶσιν κτήνεσιν Adam gave names to all creatures Gn 2,20; ἃς ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὰς ἐπ᾽ ὀνόματος which he called by name 1 Chr 6,50; ἐκλήθησαν εἰς φυλὴν τοῦ Λευι he was reckoned to the tribe of Levi 1 Chr 23,14; ἐκάλεσεν τὴν δίκην he called for judgement Am 7,4; ὅτι καλεῖ

αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν γάμον for he will invite him to a wedding Tob^S 9,5; ἐκάλεσαν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην they

invited them to make peace Jgs 21,13; κληθέντες ὑπὲρ τῆς διαμαρτυρίας τοῦ ἔθνους being called as a witness for the nation 4 Mc 16,16; ὅτι μάχαιραν ἐγὼ καλῶ ἐπὶ τοὺς καθημένους for I shall call a sword against
the inhabitants Jer 32,29; ὁ καιρὸς ἡμᾶς καλεῖ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ἱστορίας the occasion invites us to demonstrate the story 4 Mc 3,19
*Jer 26(46),19 (Μέμφις) κληθήσεται οὐαί (Memphis) shall be called Woe corr.? καυθήσεται for MT-נצתה (נף) (Memphis) shall be laid waste, shall be burnt; *Hos 12,1 κεκλήσεται is called-נאמר for MT נאמן is faithful

Cf. CERNUDA 1975, 445-455; HARL 1986a, 189(Gn 21,12); HELBING 1928, 50-51; LARCHER 1985 695-

696(Wis 11,25); LE BOULLUEC 1989 335(Ex 33,19); WALTERS 1973 245(Ex 12,16); WEVERS 1990

177(Ex 12,16).551(Ex 33,19). 556(Ex 34,5); 1993 543; →TWNT

(→ἀνακαλέω, ἐγ-, ἐκκαλέω, ἐπικαλέω, μετακαλέω, παρακαλέω, προσκαλέω, προσπαρακαλέω, συγ-,,)

Lust (λαγνεία) > καλέω
58 λέγω

λέγω (Hom.+; on the mng. of the word ADebrunner, TW IV 71–73) impf. ἔλεγον (3 pl. ἔλεγαν s. B-D-F §82 app.; Mlt-H. 194; KBuresch, RhM 46, 1891, 224). Only pres. and impf. are in use; the other tenses are supplied by εἶπον (q.v., also B-D-F §101 p. 46; Mlt-H. 247), but the foll. pass. forms occur: fut. 3 sg. λεχθήσεται; aor. ptc. fem. sg. λεχθεῖσα (SyrBar 14:1), neut. pl. τὰ λεχθέντα (Jos. 24, 27; Esth 1:18; Papias, Just.), 3 sg. ἐλέχθη and pl. ἐλέχθησαν; pf. 3 sg. λέλεκται; plupf. ἐλέλεκτο; pf. ptc. λελεγμένος (all Just.; B-D-F §101) ‘say’ (beginning w. Hes. [Hom. uses the word in the senses ‘gather, collect’, as Il. 11, 755 al., and mid. ‘select’, as Il. 21, 27, and esp. of stories that one elects to ‘tell over’ or ‘recount’, as Od. 14, 197] and more freq. in Pind.; the usual word since the Attic writers; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.).

① to express oneself orally or in written form, utter in words, say, tell, give expression to, the gener. sense (not in Hom., for this εἶπον, ἐν[ν]έπω, et al.)

ⓐ w. an indication of what is said

α. in the acc. ταύτην τ. παραβολήν Lk 13:6. (τὴν) ἀλήθειαν (Teles p. 4, 14; TestAbr A 16 p. 97, 27 [Stone p. 42]) J 8:45f; Ro 9:1; 1 Ti 2:7. ἀληθῆ (cp. Herodian 4, 14, 4) J 19:35. παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν 16:29. τὶ καινότερον Ac 17:21 (w. ἀκούω as Pla., Prot. 310a; Dio Chrys. 3, 28; 4, 37). τί λέγουσιν what they say Mt 21:16; cp. Lk 18:6; 1 Cor 14:16. τί λέγω; what shall I say? Hb 11:32. ὸ̔ λέγει Lk 9:33; cp. 2 Ti 2:7; Phlm 21. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7; AcPlCor 1:9. ταῦτα (τοῦτο) λ. (Jos., Vi. 291) Lk 9:34; 11:45b; 13:17; J 2:22; τοιαῦτα λ. Hb 11:14. τὸ αὐτὸ λέγειν be in agreement (not only in words: Thu. 4, 20, 4; 5, 31, 6; Polyb. 2, 62, 4; 5, 104, 1; Jos., Ant. 18, 375; 378) 1 Cor 1:10.—Also τινί τι tell someone someth. παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς Lk 18:1. μυστήριον ὑμῖν 1 Cor 15:51. τ. ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν J 16:7. ὸ̔ λέγω ὑμῖν Mt 10:27. μηδενὶ λ. τοῦτο Lk 9:21. οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν they say nothing to him J 7:26. ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 2 Th 2:5.—τὶ πρός τινα (Pla, Gorg. 465a) παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτούς Lk 5:36; cp. 14:7; 20:9.—24:10; 11:53 v.l. W. double acc. ἀδύνατα ταῦτα εἴρηκας Hm 11:19.

β. by direct discourse or direct question foll., mostly abs. (extremely freq.) Mt 9:34; 12:44; Mk 3:30; Lk 5:39; J 1:29, 36; 1 Cor l2:3; Js 4:13. Also oft. introduced by recitative ὅτι Mt 9:18; Mk 1:15; 2:12; 3:21f; 5:28; 6:14f (on the textual problem s. FNeirynck, ETL 65, ’89, 110–18), 35; 7:20; Lk 1:24; 4:41; 17:10; 21:8 v.l.; J 6:14; 7:12; 8:33; Ac 2:13; 11:3 and oft.—καὶ ἔλεγεν Mk 4:21, 24, 26, 30 may = he used to say (so that they might memorize): WEssame, ET 77, ’66, 121.

γ. by indirect discourse or indirect question foll.; abs. Mt 21:27; Mk 11:33c; Lk 20:8.—Introduced by ὅτι (Diod S 11, 4, 3; 11, 6, 2; 14, 4, 3; Petosiris, Fgm. 14c; Jos., Bell. 4, 543) Lk 22:70; Ac 20:23.—In acc. w. inf. τίνα λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τ. υἱὸν τ. ἀνθρώπου; Mt 16:13; cp. vs. 15; Lk 9:20; 11:18; 23:2b; 24:23b; J 12:29a; Ac 4:32; 8:9; 17:7.—W. the inf. only Lk 24:23a; Js 2:14; 1J 2:6, 9.

ⓑ w. indication of the pers. or thing about which someth. is said, or that is meant by someth.

α. by a prep. περί τινος (Soph., Thu. et al.) οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἔγνωσαν ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει the Pharisees perceived that he was talking about them Mt 21:45. λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ he said concerning him J 1:47; cp. 2:21; 11:13; 13:18, 22. εἴς τινα (Eur., Med. 453; X., Mem. 1, 5, 1) Ac 2:25; Eph 5:32. ἐπί τινα Hb 7:13. πρός τινα Lk 12:41; Hb 1:7.

β. by the acc. alone mean someone or someth. (Demosth. 18, 88; Diod S 15, 23, 5; Phalaris, Ep. 142, 1 ἣν λέγω; Ael. Aristid. 48, 35 K.=24 p. 474 D.: τὸν Φιλάδελφον λέγων; Aelian, NA 8, 3 ὸ̔ δὲ λέγω, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, VH 3, 36; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; 10, 2; 2 Macc 14:7; Jos., Ant. 6, 86; TestSol 4:6 D τὸν δύστηνον λέγω γέροντα; Just., D. 130, 2 μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, λέγω Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ …) τ. ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὸ̔ν λέγετε this man whom you mean Mk 14:71. ἔλεγεν τὸν Ἰούδαν J 6:71. συνείδησιν λέγω οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ I mean not your own conscience 1 Cor 10:29. τοῦτο δὲ λέγω but this is what I mean Gal 3:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:12a (Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 3, 12; 2, 11, 1 λέγω δέ … but I mean).—Mt 26:70; Mk 14:68; Lk 22:60. Cp. 4 end.

γ. w. an indication of the one to whom someth. is said (on the synoptics and Ac s. WLarfeld, Die ntl. Ev. 1925, 237f); mostly in dat. (Aeschyl., Ag. 103; Herodas 4, 42 σοί; POxy 413, 99; s. also 1aα above) Mt 8:7; Mk 2:8, 17f; Lk 3:7; 5:24; J 1:39, 41, 43 and oft.—πρός τινα (Epict. 2, 17, 34 πρὸς ἄλλους ἐρεῖς; TestSol 1:6 D λέγει Νάθαν πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον; ApcEsdr 6:16; s. also 1aα above) Mk 4:41; 16:3; Lk 4:21; 8:25 (λ. πρὸς ἀλλήλους as Jos., Ant. 2, 108; 9, 239); 9:23; 12:1; 16:1; J 2:3; 3:4; Ac 2:12; 28:4. μετά τινος: ἔλεγον μετʼ ἀλλήλων they said to each other J 11:56.

δ. in other (s. 1aα, 1bα, 1bγ) prep. uses ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (=ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ v.l.) σὺ τοῦτο λέγεις; do you say this of your own accord? J 18:34 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38] al.). εἴς τινα against someone Lk 22:65. τὶ περί τινος say someth. about or concerning someone J 1:22; Ac 8:34; Tit 2:8. λ. περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ὅτι say, with reference to the temple, that Lk 21:5. τί σὺ λέγεις περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι; what have you to say about him, since? J 9:17b (λ. τι περί τινος, ὅτι as Jos., Bell. 7, 215). τινὶ περί τινος say to someone about someone w. direct discourse foll. Mt 11:7. Also πρός τινα περί τινος (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 279 πρὸς αὐτὸν περὶ Μωϋσέως) Lk 7:24. πρός τινα ἐπί τινος bring charges against someone before someone Ac 23:30 (λ. ἐπί τινος as Jos., Vi. 258). λ. περί (v.l. ὑπέρ) τινος say (someth.), speak in someone’s defense 26:1.

ε. in connection w. adverbs and adv. exprs.: Λυκαονιστὶ λ. say in (the) Lycaonian (language) Ac 14:11. καλῶς correctly (X., Mem. 2, 7, 11; 3, 3, 4; TestJob 7:8; EpArist 125; 196) J 8:48; 13:13. ὡσαύτως in the same way Mk 14:31. ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν truly, I tell you Lk 12:44; 21:3. κατὰ ἄνθρωπον (s. ἄνθρωπος 2b) Ro 3:5; Gal 3:15. κατὰ συγγνώμην, οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν (s. ἐπιταγή) 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. καθʼ ὑστέρησιν Phil 4:11.

ζ. w. emphasis on a certain kind of saying: φωνῇ μεγάλῃ in a loud voice Rv 5:12; 8:13 (cp. TestSol 16:1). Also ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 14:7; 9. ἄγγελος ἐν φωνῇ λέγων GJs 20:4 (pap, s. deStrycker p. 387f). Opp. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ (cp. Ps 13:1) 18:7. Also ἐν ἑαυτῷ (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 11 [Stone p. 62]; TestJob 23:8) Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 3:8; 7:39, 49; GJs 1:1,4; 3:1; 5:1; cp. 1:3 (codd.); 2:1 v.l.; 14:1 v.l.

η. in quotations fr. scripture (but s. also Epict. 1, 28, 4 ὡς λέγει Πλάτων with a quotation) Ἠσαί̈ας λέγει Isaiah says Ro 10:16, 20; 15:12. Μωϋσῆς λέγει 10:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει 11:9. ἡ γραφὴ λέγει (Just., D. 56, 17; cp. Paus. 2, 16, 4 τὰ ἔπη λέγει=the epic poets say) 4:3; 10:11; Gal 4:30; 1 Ti 5:18; Js 4:5; cp. 2:23; J 19:24; 2 Cl 14:2. In the case of the quot. formula λέγει without the subj. expressed, ἡ γραφή or ὁ θεός is easily understood (B-D-F §130, 3; Rob. 392.—On the omission of the subj. [Just., D. 101, 1 al.] cp. Epict. 1, 24, 12 λέγει σοι ‘θὲς κτλ.’=someone says to you ‘lay aside [this and that sign of prestige]’). It could prob. be translated indefinitely it says: Ro 15:10; 2 Cor 6:2; Gal 3:16; Eph 4:8; 5:14. ὁ θεός is obviously the subj. (Clearch., Fgm. 69c; Epict. 1, 1, 10 λέγει ὁ Ζεύς, followed by a divine revelation to Epictetus) Hb 5:6. λέγει ὁ κύριος 2 Cl 13:2; cp. Hb 8:8–10 (λέγει κύριος Am 5:27; Is 1:18; Jer 9:24; ParJer 6:16 al.). W. the passage more definitely indicated (schol. on Pind., O. 7, 66 ἐν τοῖς Μουσαίου λέγεται; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1179 Wendel v.l. ἐν τῇ γ´ τῆς Μουσαίου Τιτανογραφίας λέγεται ὡς) ἐν Ἠλίᾳ τί λέγει ἡ γραφή Ro 11:2 (Epict. 2, 17, 34 τί λέγει Χρύσιππος ἐν τοῖς περὶ τοῦ ψευδομένου). Δαυὶδ λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν Lk 20:42 (Epict. 2, 19, 14 Ἑλλάνικος λέγει ἐν τοῖς Αἰγυπτιακοῖς with quot.). ἐν τ. Ὡσηὲ λέγει Ro 9:25. λέγει ἐν τῷ Ἠσαί̈ᾳ 2 Cl 3:5 (Just., D. 123, 8); cp. ἐν Δαυίδ Hb 4:7. ὁ νόμος λέγει (cp. Pla., Crito 12, 50c; Epict. 3, 24, 43 τί γὰρ λέγει; [i.e. ὁ νόμος θεῖος]) 1 Cor 14:34. λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Hb 3:7 (Just., D. 124, 1). Of words of Jesus: λέγει ὁ κύριος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 2 Cl 8:5. λέγει ὁ κύριος 5:2; 6:1. λέγει αὐτός (i.e. ὁ Χριστός 2:7) 3:2. λέγει 4:2.

θ. Hebraistic, though by no means limited to the OT (s. EKieckers, IndogF 35, 1915, 34ff; B-D-F §420; Mlt-H. 454), is the freq. use of λ. to introduce

א. direct discourse (like לֵאמֹר), even though it is preceded by a verb of saying, or one that includes the idea of saying. Esp. λέγων is so used, as in the LXX, e.g. after ἀναβοᾶν, ἀνακράζειν Mk 1:23 (cp. Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 3, 9 Jac. ἀνεκεκράγει λέγων), ἀπαγγέλλειν, ἀποκρίνεσθαι, ἀρνεῖσθαι, βοᾶν, γογγύζειν, διαγογγύζειν, διαλογίζεσθαι, διαμαρτύρεσθαι, διαστέλλεσθαι, διδάσκειν, δοξάζειν, εἰπεῖν Mt 22:1; Lk 12:16; 20:2 (s. B-D-F §101, p. 46; s. Rob. 882f; Kieckers, loc. cit. 36f), ἐμβριμᾶσθαι, ἐντέλλεσθαι, ἐπερωτᾶν, ἐπιτιμᾶν, ἐπιφωνεῖν, ἐρωτᾶν, κατηγορεῖν, κηρύσσειν, κράζειν, κραυγάζειν, λαλεῖν, μαρτυρεῖν, μεριμνᾶν, παραινεῖν, παρακαλεῖν, παρατιθέναι παραβολήν, προσεύχεσθαι, προσφωνεῖν, προφητεύειν, συζητεῖν, συλλαλεῖν, φωνεῖν, ψευδομαρτυρεῖν; s. these entries. Also after such verbs as denote an action accompanied by a statement of some kind: ἄγγελος κυρίου … ἐφάνη αὐτῷ λέγων appeared to him and said Mt 1:20; cp. 2:13; προσεκύνει αὐτῷ λ. fell before him and said 8:2; 9:18; cp. 14:33. ἅπτεσθαι 8:3; 9:29. ἔρχεσθαι Mk 5:35; Lk 18:3; 19:18 al.; cp. Lk 1:66; 5:8; 8:38; 15:9; Ac 8:10, 19; 12:7; 27:23f; 1 Cor 11:25 al.

ב. the content of a written document (2 Km 11:15; 4 Km 10:6.—1 Macc 8:31; 11:57; Jos., Ant. 11, 26) ἔγραψεν λέγων (=יִכְתֹּב לֵאמֹר) he wrote as follows Lk 1:63.

ג. orders or instructions to be carried out by other persons: ἔπεμψεν λέγων he sent and had them say Lk 7:19. ἀπέστειλεν λ. (Judg 11:14f; Jdth 3:1; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:21 al.) Mt 22:16; 27:19; Lk 7:20; 19:14; J 11:3. If the persons carrying out the orders are named, the ptc. can refer to them Mt 22:16 v.l.

ד. When it is used w. the ptc. λ. appears in its finite forms ἐμπαίζοντες ἔλεγον they mocked and said Mt 27:41. προσελθὼν αὐτῷ λέγει he approached him and said Mk 14:45. διαρρήξας … λέγει he tore his clothes as he said vs. 63; cp. vs. 67; 15:35; Lk 6:20; J 1:36; Hb 8:8a al.—Also pleonastically (TestSol 2:2; TestJob 23:4; cp. Homeric ἀμειβόμενος προσέειπε Il. 3, 437 al., προσηύδα 14, 270 al.) ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει he answered Mk 8:29b; 9:5, 19; 10:24; 11:22; Lk 3:11; 11:45; 13:8. κράξας λέγει he cried out Mk 5:7; 9:24 (cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 109, 29 [Stone p. 66] κράζων καὶ λέγων; ApcEsdr 1:2 κράξας λέγων).

ι. Now and then short exprs. with λ. are inserted as parentheses (B-D-F §465, 2; Rob. 434): πολλοί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητήσουσιν many, I tell you, will seek Lk 13:24. ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω 2 Cor 11:21b. ὡς τέκνοις λέγω 6:13.

κ. ptc. w. the article τὰ λεγόμενα what was said (EpArist 215, 298; TestSol 15:13; ApcEsdr 2:15; Jos., Ant. 3, 85; 207; Just., D. 46, 4; 115, 1) Lk 18:34. προσεῖχον τ. λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τ. Φιλίππου (προσέχω 2b) Ac 8:6 (προσέχ. τοῖς λεγ. as Jos., Ant. 13, 303; τὰ λ. ὑπό τινος as Bell. 7, 56; 423; Esth 3:3, also Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 24, p. 408, 19 ὑπὸ τῶν μάντεων; Fgm. 30 p. 417, 23 Jac.; Epict. 1, 18, 1; SIG 679, 87). τὰ ἢ λεχθέντα ἢ πραχθέντα (Ps.-Libanius, Charact. Ep. p. 48, 18; 64, 18; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 55) Papias (2:15) in Eus., HE 3, 39, 15 (=Geb., Harn., Zahn 15, p. 72, 17).

② to express oneself in a specific way, say

ⓐ ask w. direct question foll: Mt 9:14; 15:1; 18:1; Mk 5:30f. ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει the Master asks 14:14. W. dat. of pers. and a direct question foll.: Mt 9:28a; 15:34; 16:15; 20:6.

ⓑ answer (Lucian, Syr. Dea 18; TestSol 5:8 al.; ApcMos 5) Mt 17:25; Mk 8:24; J 1:21; 18:17b. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse: Mt 4:10; 8:26; 9:28b; 14:17; 15:33; 18:22; 19:7, 20 al. W. dat of pers. and direct discourse introduced by ὅτι Mt 19:8.

ⓒ order, command, direct, enjoin, recommend more or less emphatically (Syntipas p. 9, 4; Num 32:27; TestSol 4:7 D; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 21 [Stone p. 44]) τὶ someth. 2 Cl 6:4. ἃ λέγω Lk 6:46. τί τινι command someone (to do) someth. ὅ τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν J 2:5b (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 8 [Stone p. 10]); cp. Ac 21:23 (s. Num 32:31). ὅ ὑμῖν λέγω, πᾶσιν λέγω, γρηγορεῖτε the order I give to you I give to everyone: be on your guard! Mk 13:37 (for the formal nuance cp. reff. at end of this parag.). Gener. w. dat. of pers. and direct discourse foll.: Mt 5:44; 6:25; 8:4, 9; 26:52; Mk 3:3, 5; 5:8; 6:10; Lk 6:27; 7:8; J 2:7f. W. dat. of pers. and inf. foll.: Rv 10:9; 13:14; w. an inf. and a negative forbid (X., An. 7, 1, 40) Mt 5:34, 39.—Here belongs χαίρειν τινὶ λέγειν (Epict. 3, 22, 64) extend a greeting to someone, since the greeting consists in saying χαῖρε=‘may you prosper’ 2J 10f. W. ἵνα foll. recommend that, tell to τῷ λαῷ λέγων … ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ I do not recommend that anyone should pray about that (sin) 1J 5:16. W. inf. foll.: Ro 2:22.—τάδε λέγει is the formal style of one who is giving an order (introductory formula for the edicts of the Persian kings [IMagnMai 115, 4]; in the OT a favorite method of introducing a prophetic statement [Thackeray p. 11]) Ac 21:11, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (s. Gerhard, Philol. 64, 1905, 27ff; Thieme 23; GRudberg, Eranos 11, 1911, 177f; LLafoscade, De epistulis imperatorum 1902, 63 and 77. Roman edicts gener. use the simple λέγει as in the praescriptio of SEG IX, 8 I, 1–3 αὐτοκράτωρ Καίσαρ Σεβαστὸς … λέγει; also by Augustus: Jos., Ant., 16, 162; s. MBenner, The Emperor Says ’75).

ⓓ assure, assert; w. direct discourse foll. Esp. in the formulas λέγω σοι, λ. ὑμῖν, ἀμὴν (ἀμὴν) λ. ὑμῖν (TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 19f [Stone p. 18]) Mt 11:22; 12:31; 19:24; 23:39; Mk 11:24; Lk 4:25; 7:9, 28; 9:27.—Mt 5:26; 6:2, 5; 8:10; Mk 3:28; 9:41; 10:15; Lk 4:24; 18:17, 29; 23:43; J 1:51; 3:3, 5, 11; 5:19, 24f; 6:26, 32 al.

ⓔ maintain, declare, proclaim as teaching, w. direct discourse foll.: Gal 4:1; 1J 2:4. Foll. by acc. and inf. (X., Symp. 5, 5) Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:41; 23:2b; Ro 15:8; 2 Ti 2:18. Foll. by ὅτι and direct discourse Mk 12:35b; 1 Cor 15:12. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse after ὅτι Mt 5:20, 22, 28, 32; 8:11 al. Someth. like interpret εἰς w. ref. to Eph 5:32.—σὺ λέγεις (that is what) you maintain Mt 27:11; Mk 15:2; Lk 23:3 (cp. σὺ εἶπας Mt 26:25 and s. εἶπον 1a). Cp. also Lk 22:70; J 18:37 (s. OMerlier, RevÉtGr 46, ’33, 204–19; Goodsp., Probs. 64–68 [strong affirmative, yes]; MSmith, JBL 64, ’45, 506–10 [intentionally ambiguous, so you say, Tannaitic Parallels to the Gospels, ’51, 27–30]; DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’70/71, 213–26). τί λέγει ἡ γνῶσις; what does Gnosis teach about this? With the answer in direct discourse B 6:9 (cp. Epict. 3, 13, 11 καὶ τί λέγει [i.e., ὁ λόγος ὁ τῶν φιλοσόφων=philosophy]; direct discourse follows).

ⓕ of written communications (Hdt. 3, 40; 122; 8, 140; UPZ 68, 5 [152 B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 13, 80) 1 Cor 6:5; 7:6; 15:51; 2 Cor 6:13; 8:8; Gal 5:2; Phil 4:11; Col 2:4; Phlm 21, al. in Paul.

③ to inform about / tell of someth., speak, report (Diog. L. 1, 31) τινί to someone Mk 7:36. τὶ about someth. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 16 νῦν λέξομεν τὰς Κύρου πράξεις) τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ of his death (lit., departure) Lk 9:31. τὰ περὶ τ. βασιλείας Ac 1:3. τὰ γινόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν καὶ λέγειν it is a disgrace even to speak of the things they do Eph 5:12 (Demosth. 10, 27 ὸ̔ … οὔτε λέγειν ἄξιον). τινὶ περί τινος bring a report about someone to someone Mk 1:30; 8:30. Likew. τινί τινα Phil 3:18.

④ to identify in a specific manner, call, name (Aeschyl. et al.) w. double acc. (Epict. 2, 19, 19 τί Στωικὸν ἔλεγες σεαυτόν; Diog. L. 8, 88 τὴν ἡδονὴν λέγειν τὸ ἀγαθόν=call pleasure the [real] good; 2 Macc 4:2; Just., D. 61, 1 ἀρχηστρατηγὸν ἑαυτὸν λέγει) τινά τι describe someone as someth. τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; why do you call me good? Mk 10:18; Lk 18:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον David calls him Lord Mk 12:37. πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν θεόν he called God his Father J 5:18. οὐκέτι λέγω ὑμᾶς δούλους I no longer call you slaves 15:15; cp. Ac 10:28; Rv 2:20. Pass. be called, named Mt 13:55; Hb 11:24. ὁ λεγόμενος the so-called (Epict. 4, 1, 51 οἱ βασιλεῖς λεγόμενοι; Socrat., Ep. 14, 7 ὁ λ. θάνατος) λεγόμενοι θεοί so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5 (Herm. Wr. 2, 14 the λεγόμενοι θεοί in contrast to μόνος ὁ θεός. Somewhat differently Jos., Ant. 12, 125 Ἀντίοχος ὁ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν θεὸς λεγόμενος). οἱ λεγόμενοι ἀκροβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λ. περιτομῆς those who are called ‘the uncircumcised’ (i.e. gentiles) by the so-called circumcision (i.e. Jews) Eph 2:11. ὁ λεγόμενος (B-D-F §412, 2; Rob. 1107; cp. BGU 1117, 9 [13 B.C.]; PRyl 133, 11; 137, 19; 2 Macc 12:17; 14:6; 3 Macc 1:3; TestAbr B 13 p. 118, 14 [Stone p. 84]; TestJob 46:5; 47:1; Just., A I, 22, 1, D. 32, 1) who is called … Mt 1:16; 27:17; whose surname is (Appian, Liby. 49 §213 Ἄννων ὁ μέγας λεγόμενος; Jos., Ant. 13, 370, Vi. 4) 10:2; Col 4:11; by name Mt 9:9; 26:3, 14; 27:16; Mk 15:7; Lk 22:47; J 9:11.—Of things: of the name of a star Rv 8:11. Of place-names (BGU 326, 19 [II A.D.]; 2 Macc 9:2; 12:21) Mt 2:23; 26:36; J 4:5; 11:54; 19:13; Ac 3:2; 6:9; Hb 9:3. Of the local, vernacular name λ. Ἑβραϊστί J 5:2 v.l.; 19:17b.—In the transl. of foreign words (which) means: ὅ ἐστιν κρανίου τόπος λεγόμενος which means ‘Place of a Skull’ Mt 27:33b. Cp. also J 4:25; 11:16; 20:24; 21:2. Also ὸ̔ λέγεται 20:16. ὸ̔ λ. μεθερμηνευόμενον which, when translated, means 1:38. ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Ac 9:36.—Other exx. of the significance mean (Aeschyl. et al.) are Gal 4:1; 2 Cl 6:4; 8:6 Cp. 1bβ.—B. 1253f; 1257; 1277. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. S. λόγος, ῥῆμα, λαλέω.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λέγω
59 platz

m; -es, Plätze

1. (Raum) room, space; wir haben viel / wenig Platz we have plenty of / not much space; wir haben ( keinen) Platz für... we have (no) room ( oder space) for...; Platz machen make room ( für for); (vorbeilassen) make way (for); den Platz räumen fig. make way ( für for); Platz da! move along, please!; Platz sparen save space; Platz sparend space-saving; es ist kein Platz mehr there’s no room left; es ist noch viel Platz there’s plenty of room (left); dafür finden wir noch Platz we’ll fit ( oder squeeze) that in somehow; der Wagen bietet fünf Personen Platz the car has room for five ( oder seats five); der Saal bietet 300 Personen Platz the hall seats ( oder holds) 300; das Stadion hat Platz für 30.000 the stadium holds 30,000; wie viel Platz ist auf der Festplatte? how much space is there on the hard disk?; das hat in seinem Leben keinen Platz there’s no room for that in his life

2. (Sitzplatz, auch FLUG. etc.) seat, place; nummerierte Plätze numbered seats; Plätze reservieren lassen reserve ( oder book) seats; Platz nehmen sit down; nehmen Sie doch Platz! have a seat, (do) sit down; bitte behalten Sie Platz please don’t get up; Platz! zum Hund: down!; (Sitz!) sit!; jemandem seinen Platz anbieten offer s.o. one’s seat, give up one’s seat for s.o.; ist dieser Platz ( noch) frei? is this seat taken?; dieser Platz ist besetzt this seat is taken; dort hinten sind noch Plätze frei there are still some seats at the back; bis auf den letzten Platz gefüllt filled to capacity; er hat seinen festen Platz he has his usual seat; he always likes to sit in the same place; es gibt keine festen Plätze the seats are not numbered

3. (Stelle, Standort) place; für Picknick, Urlaub etc.: auch spot; der Schlüssel hängt nicht an seinem Platz the key isn’t where it should be; die Ordner sind alle an ihrem Platz the files are all in their proper place; SPORT: auf die Plätze, fertig, los! on your mark(s), get set, go!; Brit. auch ready, steady, go!; er wich nicht vom Platz he didn’t budge ( oder move from the spot); dein Platz ist bei deiner Firma your place is with your company, your company is where you belong; ein Platz an der Sonne auch fig. a place in the sun; fehl am Platz(e) sein be out of place; beruflich etc.: auch be a square peg in a round hole; Bemerkung, Reaktion etc.: be uncalled for; hier ist Vorsicht am Platz we’ve got to be careful here, this calls for great care

4. (Lücke) space; hier ist noch ein Platz ( frei) für den Koffer here’s a (an empty) space for the case; nach der Überschrift etwas Platz lassen leave some space after the heading

5. (Ort, Stadt) place; das beste Restaurant am Platze the best restaurant in the place ( oder in [the] town)

6. (Lage, auch Bau-, Zeltplatz etc.) site

7. (freier Platz) open space; (öffentlicher Platz) square; runder Platz, in Namen: Circus

8. (Sportfeld) field, pitch; Tennis: court; Golf: course; der beste Mann auf dem Platz the best player on the field; vom Platz stellen send off; auf eigenem / gegnerischem Platz spielen play at home / away (from home); vom Platz fegen fig. play into the ground

9. (Studienplatz) place (to study); hast du schon einen Platz gefunden? have you been accepted anywhere?, have you got a place?

10. (Stellung, Rang) position; SPORT place; den ersten Platz belegen take first place, come first; auf Platz drei in third place; jemanden auf den zweiten Platz verweisen beat s.o. into second place; seine Gegner auf die Plätze verweisen leave one’s opponents trailing; Platz und Sieg Pferdewette: each way bet

* * *

der Platz

(Freiraum) space; room;

(Lage) site;

(Sitzplatz) seat;

(Sportplatz) field;

(Stelle) location; place; spot;

(Tennisplatz) court;

(öffentlicher Platz) square; public square

* * *
Plạtz [plats]
m -es, -e
['plɛtsə]
1) (= freier Raum) room, space

Platz für jdn/etw schaffen — to make room for sb/sth

Platz für etw finden — to find room or space for sth

in dem Zelt finden or haben zwei Personen Platz — there is room for two people in the tent

es wird Platz finden — there'll be room or space for it

Platz greifen — to spread, to gain ground

Platz einnehmen or brauchen — to take up or occupy room or space

Platz für etw ( frei) lassen — to leave room or space for sth

das Buch hat keinen Platz mehr im Regal — there's no more room or space on the bookshelf for that book

mehr als 10 Leute haben hier nicht Platz — there's not room or space for more than 10 people here

jdm den (ganzen) Platz wegnehmen — to take up all the room

jdm Platz machen — to make room for sb

für etw Platz machen or schaffen — to make room for sth

Platz machen — to get out of the way (inf)

mach mal ein bisschen Platz — make a bit of room

Platz für jdn/etw bieten — to hold sb/sth, to have room for sb/sth

Platz da! (inf) — (get) out of the way there! (inf), gangway! (inf)

2) (= Sitzplatz) seat

Platz nehmen — to take a seat

bitte Platz nehmen zum Mittagessen — please take your seats for lunch

behalten Sie doch bitte Platz! (form) — please remain seated (form)

ist hier noch ein Platz frei? — is there a free seat here?

dieser Platz ist belegt or besetzt — this seat's taken, this is somebody's seat

sich von seinem Platz erheben (geh) — to rise (form)

der Saal hat 2.000 Plätze — the hall seats 2,000, the hall has seating for 2,000 or has 2,000 seats

mit jdm den Platz tauschen or wechseln — to change places with sb

erster/zweiter Platz — front/rear stalls

Platz! (zum Hund) — (lie) down!

3) (= Stelle, Standort, Rang) place

das Buch steht nicht an seinem Platz — the book isn't in (its) place

etw ( wieder) an seinen Platz stellen — to put sth (back) in (its) place

fehl or nicht am Platz(e) sein — to be out of place

am Platz(e) sein — to be appropriate

auf die Plätze, fertig, los! (beim Sport) — on your marks, get set, go!, ready, steady, go! (Brit), ready, set, go! (esp US)

er wich nicht vom Platz(e) — he wouldn't yield (an inch)

seinen Platz behaupten — to stand one's ground, to hold one's own

Extremismus hat keinen Platz in der Politik — there is no place for extremism in politics

alles hat seinen festen Platz — everything has its proper place

die Literatur hat einen festen Platz in ihrem Leben — literature is very much a part of her life

ihr Platz ist an der Seite ihres Mannes — her (proper) place is at her husband's side

den ersten Platz einnehmen (fig) — to take first place, to come first

auf Platz zwei — in second place

jdn auf Platz drei/den zweiten Platz verweisen — to beat sb into third/second place

jdn auf die Plätze verweisen (fig) — to beat sb

auf Platz wetten — to make a place bet

ein Platz an der Sonne (lit, fig) — a place in the sun

See:

→ fehl

4) (= Arbeitsplatz, Studienplatz, Heimplatz etc) place; (= unbesetzter Arbeitsplatz) vacancy

im Kindergarten sind noch ein paar Plätze frei — there are still a few vacancies or places left in the kindergarten

5) (= umbaute Fläche) square

auf dem Platz — in or on the square

ein freier Platz vor der Kirche — an open space in front of the church

6) (= Sportplatz) playing field; (FTBL, HOCKEY) pitch, field; (= Handballplatz, Tennisplatz) court; (= Golfplatz) (golf) course, (golf) links pl

einen Spieler vom Platz stellen or verweisen — to send a player off (Brit), to eject a player (US)

auf gegnerischem Platz — away

auf eigenem Platz — at home

7) (= Ort) town, place; (= Handelsplatz) centre (Brit), center (US)

das erste Hotel or Haus am Platz(e) — the best hotel in town or in the place

8) (= Lagerplatz) (store or storage) yard

9) (= Bauplatz) site

* * *

1) (space for something: There is accommodation for your car behind the hotel.) accommodation

2) (a marked-out space for certain games: a tennis-court; a squash court.) court

3) (a suitable place in life: He found his niche in engineering.) niche

4) (an empty space: There's a place for your books on this shelf.) place

5) (an area or building with a particular purpose: a market-place.) place

6) (a seat (in a theatre, train, at a table etc): He went to his place and sat down.) place

7) (a position in an order, series, queue etc: She got the first place in the competition; I lost my place in the queue.) place

8) (a person's position or level of importance in society etc: You must keep your secretary in her place.) place

9) (a job or position in a team, organization etc: He's got a place in the team; He's hoping for a place on the staff.) place

10) ((often abbreviated to Pl. when written) a word used in the names of certain roads, streets or squares.) place

11) (the space or area in which a person, thing etc is or could be put etc: The bed takes up a lot of room; There's no room for you in our car; We'll move the bookcase to make room for the television.) room

12) (a place that is the centre of some activity etc: Universities are seats of learning.) seat

13) (a place where a building, town etc is, was, or is to be, built: He's got a job on a building-site; The site for the new factory has not been decided.) site

14) (an open place in a town, with the buildings round it.) square

15) (a position or place in which to stand ready to fight etc, or an act of fighting etc: The guard took up his stand at the gate; I shall make a stand for what I believe is right.) stand

16) (a post or position (eg of a guard or other person on duty): The watchman remained at his station all night.) station

* * *

Platz

<-es, Plätze>

[plats, pl ˈplɛtsə]

m

1. ARCHIT (umgrenzte Fläche: mit Anlagen) square; (öffentlich) public place; (rund) circus

auf dem \Platz steht ein Denkmal there a statue on the square

der Rote \Platz the Red Square

2. (Sitzplatz) seat

hältst du mir einen \Platz frei? can you keep a seat for me?

ist dieser \Platz frei? is this seat taken?

behalten Sie doch [bitte] \Platz! (form) please remain seated! form

\Platz! Hund sit!

jdm einen \Platz anweisen to show sb to his/her seat

ein guter/teurer \Platz a good/expensive seat

bis auf den letzten \Platz gefüllt sein to be packed to capacity

\Platz nehmen (geh) to take a seat

3. kein pl (freier Raum) space, room

im Koffer ist noch \Platz the suitcase is not quite full yet

hier ist kein \Platz mehr für neue Bücher there is no room left for new books

\Platz da! (fam) out of the way!, make way there!

\Platz für jdn/etw bieten to have room for sb/sth

\Platz brauchen to need room [or space]

in etw dat keinen \Platz haben to have no place for sth

in ihrer Planung hatten Rücklagen keinen \Platz their planning made no allowances for reserves

[jdm/etw] \Platz machen, \Platz [für jdn/etw] schaffen to make room [or way] [for sb/sth]

\Platz sparend space-saving attr

\Platz sparend sein to save space, to be compact

4. (Standort) place

wir haben noch keinen Platz für die Lampe gefunden we have not found the right place for the lamp yet

am \Platz in town [or fam in the place]

das beste Hotel am \Platz the best hotel in town

fehl am \Platze sein to be out of place

ich komme mir hier völlig fehl am \Platze vor I feel totally out of place here

Mitleid ist hier völlig fehl am \Platze this is not the place for sympathy

irgendwo einen festen \Platz haben to have a proper place somewhere

ein stiller/windgeschützter \Platz a quiet/sheltered place

5. SPORT (Rang) place; (Sportplatz) playing field

die Mannschaft liegt jetzt auf \Platz drei the team is now in third place

auf die Plätze, fertig, los! on your marks, get set, go!

seinen \Platz behaupten to maintain [or hold] one's place

den zweiten \Platz belegen to come in second

auf gegnerischem \Platz spielen to play away

jdn vom \Platz stellen to send sb off

jdn auf die Plätze verweisen to beat sb

6. (Möglichkeit, an etw teilzunehmen) Kindergarten, Kurs, Krankenhaus, Reise place

in der Schule sind noch Plätze frei there are still places left in the school

7. INFORM (Einbauplatz)

freier \Platz empty slot

8.

▶ ein \Platz an der Sonne a place in the sun

* * *

der; Platzes, Plätze

1) (freie Fläche) space; area; (BauPlatz, Ausstellungsgelände usw.) site; (umbaute Fläche) square

2) (ParkPlatz) car park; [parking] lot (Amer.)

3) (SportPlatz) (ganze Anlage) ground; (Spielfeld) field; (TennisPlatz, VolleyballPlatz usw.) court; (GolfPlatz) course

einen Spieler vom Platz stellen/tragen — send/carry a player off [the field]

4) (Stelle) place; spot; (Position) location; position; (wo jemand, etwas hingehört) place

auf die Plätze, fertig, los! — on your marks, get set, go!

nicht od. fehl am Platz[e] sein — (fig.) be out of place; be inappropriate

am Platz[e] sein — (fig.) be appropriate; be called for

5) (SitzPlatz) seat; (am Tisch, StehPlatz usw.; fig.): (im Kurs, Krankenhaus, Kindergarten usw.) place

Platz nehmen — sit down

nehmen Sie Platz! — take a seat

Platz behalten — (geh.) remain seated

6) (bes. Sport): (Platzierung) place

den dritten Platz belegen — come third

7) (Ort) place; locality

am Platz — in the town/village

das größte Hotel am Platz — the largest hotel in the place

8) o. Pl. (Raum) space; room

er/es hat [noch] Platz/keinen Platz — there is enough space or room [left] for him/it/no room for him/it

der Saal bietet Platz od. hat Platz für 3 000 Personen — the hall takes or holds 3,000 people

im Viktoriasee hätte ganz Irland Platz — the whole of Ireland could fit into Lake Victoria

[jemandem/einer Sache] Platz machen — make room [for somebody/something]

Platz da! — make way!; out of the way!

* * *

…platz m im subst

1. Namen:

Bahnhofsplatz station square;

Domplatz cathedral square;

Rathausplatz town hall square

2. SPORT etc:

Hockeyplatz hockey pitch (US field);

Reitplatz riding ground

3. (Unterbringung):

Heimplatz place in a home;

Kindergartenplatz kindergarten place

4. COMPUT:

Speicherplatz memory

* * *

der; Platzes, Plätze

1) (freie Fläche) space; area; (BauPlatz, Ausstellungsgelände usw.) site; (umbaute Fläche) square

2) (ParkPlatz) car park; [parking] lot (Amer.)

3) (SportPlatz) (ganze Anlage) ground; (Spielfeld) field; (TennisPlatz, VolleyballPlatz usw.) court; (GolfPlatz) course

einen Spieler vom Platz stellen/tragen — send/carry a player off [the field]

4) (Stelle) place; spot; (Position) location; position; (wo jemand, etwas hingehört) place

auf die Plätze, fertig, los! — on your marks, get set, go!

nicht od. fehl am Platz[e] sein — (fig.) be out of place; be inappropriate

am Platz[e] sein — (fig.) be appropriate; be called for

5) (SitzPlatz) seat; (am Tisch, StehPlatz usw.; fig.): (im Kurs, Krankenhaus, Kindergarten usw.) place

Platz nehmen — sit down

nehmen Sie Platz! — take a seat

Platz behalten — (geh.) remain seated

6) (bes. Sport): (Platzierung) place

den dritten Platz belegen — come third

7) (Ort) place; locality

am Platz — in the town/village

das größte Hotel am Platz — the largest hotel in the place

8) o. Pl. (Raum) space; room

er/es hat [noch] Platz/keinen Platz — there is enough space or room [left] for him/it/no room for him/it

der Saal bietet Platz od. hat Platz für 3 000 Personen — the hall takes or holds 3,000 people

im Viktoriasee hätte ganz Irland Platz — the whole of Ireland could fit into Lake Victoria

[jemandem/einer Sache] Platz machen — make room [for somebody/something]

Platz da! — make way!; out of the way!

* * *

¨-e m.

room n.

seat n.

space n.

square (in a town) n. (Lage) wechseln ausdr.

to shift v.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > platz
60 DVERGR

(-s, -ar), m.

1) dwarf (lágr ok digr sem dvergr);

2) one of the short pillars which support the beams and rafters in a house;

3) some kind of ornament (? a brooch) in a lady’s dress (sat þar kona … dúkr var á hálsi, dvergar á öxlum).

* * *

m. [A. S. dveorg; Engl. dwarf; Germ. (irreg.) zwerg; Swed. dverg]

α. a dwarf; about the genesis of the dwarfs vide Vsp. 6–16, Edda 9: in mod. Icel. lore dwarfs disappear, but remain in local names, as Dverga-steinn, cp. the Dwarfy Stone in Scott’s Pirate, and in several words and phrases: from the belief that the dwarfs lived in rocks, an echo is called dverg-mál, n. (-mali, m.), dwarf-talk, Al. 35, 37, Fas. iii. 369; and dverg-mála, að, to echo: from the skill of the dwarfs in metal-working, a skilful man is called dverg-hagr, adj. ( skilled as a dwarf), or dvergr, a dwarf in his art; dverga-smíði, n. dwarf’s-work, i. e. all works of rare art, such as the famous or enchanted swords of antiquity, Hervar. S. ch. 2, Fas. i. 514, ii. 463–466 (Ásmund. S.), Gísl. 80: crystal and prismatic stones are in Norway called either dwarf’s-work or ‘dwarfy-stones,’ as people believe that they are worked out by the dwarfs in the depths of the earth: botan., dverga-sóleyg, f. ranunculus glacialis, Hjalt.

β. from its dwarfed shape, a dog without a tail is in Icel. called dvergr or dverg-hundr, m., Clar.: short pillars which support the beams and rafters in a house are called ‘dvergar;’ this sense occurs as early as Hom. (St.) 65, and is still in use in some parts of Icel.: the four dwarfs, East, West, North, South, are in the Edda the bearers of heaven, Edda 5.

γ. ornaments in a lady’s dress worn on the shoulder are called ‘dvergar,’ Rm. 16; smokkr á bringu, dúkr á hálsi, dvergar á öxlum, prob. a kind of brooch. For COMPDS vide above.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > DVERGR

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Names of the Greeks — History of Greece This article is part of a series … Wikipedia
Names for soft drinks — Soft drinks are called by many names in different places of the world. Contents 1 Africa 1.1 Nigeria 1.2 South Africa 1.3 Kenya and Tanzania … Wikipedia
Names of God — This article is about names for the monotheist notion of a singular God. For theonyms generally, see List of deities. A diagram of the names of God in Athanasius Kircher s Oedipus Aegyptiacus (1652–54). The style and form are typical of the… … Wikipedia
Names of Sri Lanka — Sri Lanka is an island country that has been known by many names. The existence of the island has been known to the Indic, Chinese, Arabic, and Western civilisations for many millennia and the various names ascribed to the island over time… … Wikipedia
All-Pro Football 2K8 — Infobox VG| title = All Pro Football 2K8 developer = Visual Concepts publisher = 2K Sports designer = released = July 16, 2007 genre = Sports modes = Single player Multiplayer ratings = ESRB: Everyone 10+ platforms = PlayStation 3, Xbox 360 media … Wikipedia
Names of the Holocaust — vary based on context. The Holocaust is the name commonly applied since the mid 1970s to the killing of six million Jews by Nazi Germany during World War II. The term is also used more broadly to include the Nazis systematic murder of millions of … Wikipedia
All-India Muslim League — Leader Aga Khan III (first Honorary President) Quaid e Azam Founded December 30, 1906 Dacca, Bengal Presidency, British India Headquarters Lucknow (first headquarters) … Wikipedia
All That Fall — is a one act radio play by Samuel Beckett produced following a request [It has been reported that Beckett wrote this play following a commission from the BBC. This is not correct. Hugh Kenner advises that Beckett had written only some of his… … Wikipedia
All About Lily Chou-Chou — Theatrical release poster Directed by Shunji Iwai Produced by … Wikipedia
All the Hype That Money Can Buy — Studio album by Five Iron Frenzy Released April 25, 2000 Recorded … Wikipedia
NAMES — In the Bible Biblical proper names, together with proper names in Old South Arabic, Canaanite (East or Proto Canaanite, Ugaritic, and Phoenician), Old Aramaic, Akkadian, and – with some reservations – Old Egyptian, comprise one division of the… … Encyclopedia of Judaism

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

he+called+me+all+names

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

he+called+me+all+names

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: